Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents



UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                          to                          .

Commission file number 0-6835

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of Corporation as Specified in its Charter)
     
Indiana   35-1286807
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
500 Washington Street Columbus, Indiana   47201
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
 
(812) 376-1909   www.irwinfinancial.com
(Corporation’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)   (Web Site)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

     
Title of Class:
  Common Stock*
Title of Class:
  10.50% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust II and the guarantee with respect thereto.
Title of Class:
  8.75% Cumulative Convertible Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust III and the guarantee with respect thereto.
Title of Class
  8.70% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities issued by IFC Capital Trust VI and the guarantee with respect thereto.

    Indicate by check mark whether the Corporation: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Corporation was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    x    No    o

    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Corporation’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

    Indicate by check mark whether the Corporation is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes    x    No    o

    The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2003, was approximately $441,622,584.

    The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Corporation was $506,648,817 as of February 19, 2004. As of February 19, 2004, there were outstanding 28,250,371 common shares of the Corporation.

    *  Includes associated rights.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

     
Selected Portions of the Following Documents Part of Form 10-K Into Which Incorporated


Definitive Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting
of Shareholders to be held April 8, 2004
  Part III
Exhibit Index on Pages 117 through 119    




FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS
               
 Part I
           
 
 Item 1
     Business   2
 
 Item 2
     Properties   15
 
 Item 3
     Legal Proceedings   15
 
 Item 4
     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   18
           
 
 Item 5
     Market for Corporation’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters   19
 
 Item 6
     Selected Financial Data   20
 
 Item 7
     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   22
       Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   73
 
 Item 8
     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   73
 
 Item 9
     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   115
       Controls and Procedures   115
           
       Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation   116
       Executive Compensation   116
       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   116
       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   116
       Principal Accountant Fees and Services   116
           
       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K   117
         Signatures   120
 Code of By-laws
 Computation of Earnings Per Share
 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 Code of Conduct
 Subsidiaries
 Consent of Independent Auditors
 Certification by the CEO
 Certification by the CFO
 Certification of the CEO
 Certification of the CFO

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 
Item 1. Business

General

      We are a diversified financial services company headquartered in Columbus, Indiana with $553.6 million of net revenues in 2003 and $4.9 billion in assets at December 31, 2003. We focus primarily on the extension of credit to consumers and small businesses as well as providing the ongoing servicing of those customer accounts. We currently operate five major lines of business through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Our major lines of business are: mortgage banking, commercial banking, home equity lending, commercial finance and venture capital.

      We are a regulated bank holding company and we conduct our consumer and commercial lending businesses through various operating subsidiaries. Our banking subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, was organized in 1871 and we formed the holding company in 1972. Our direct and indirect major subsidiaries include Irwin Union Bank and Trust, a commercial bank, which together with Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank, conduct our commercial banking activities; Irwin Mortgage Corporation, a mortgage banking company; Irwin Home Equity Corporation, a consumer home equity lending company; Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation, a commercial finance subsidiary; and Irwin Ventures LLC, a venture capital company.

      At the parent level, we work actively to add value to our lines of business by interacting with the management teams, capitalizing on interrelationships, providing centralized services and coordinating overall organizational decisions. Additionally, as discussed in more detail later in this report on “Risk Management” the parent company also provides risk management oversight and controls for other subsidiaries. Under this organizational structure, the majority of our mortgage banking, home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business operate as direct and indirect subsidiaries of Irwin Union Bank and Trust. This structure provides additional liquidity and results in regulatory oversight of our business.

      Our Internet address is http://www.irwinfinancial.com.

      We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our internet website and the information contained or incorporated in it are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Major Lines of Business

 
Mortgage Banking

      We established our mortgage banking line of business when we acquired our subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation, in 1981. Irwin Mortgage became a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust in October, 2002. In this line of business, Irwin Mortgage originates, purchases, sells, and services primarily conventional and government agency-backed residential mortgage loans throughout the United States. Most of our first mortgage originations either are insured or guaranteed by an agency of the federal government, such as the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) or the Veterans Administration (VA) or, in the case of conventional mortgages, meet requirements for resale to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). We originate mortgage loans through retail offices and through direct marketing. We also purchase mortgage loans through mortgage brokers and loan correspondents. Our relationships with realtors, homebuilders and brokers help us identify potential borrowers. Irwin Mortgage also engages in the mortgage reinsurance business through its subsidiary, Irwin Reinsurance Corporation, a Vermont corporation. We sell mortgage loans to institutional and private investors but may retain servicing rights to the loans we originate or purchase. Irwin Mortgage collects and accounts for the monthly payments on each loan serviced

2


Table of Contents

and pays the real estate taxes and insurance necessary to protect the integrity of the mortgage lien, for which it receives a servicing fee.

      At January 31, 2004, Irwin Mortgage operated 170 production and satellite offices in 33 states. We discuss this line of business further in the “Mortgage Banking” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) of this report.

 
Commercial Banking

      Our commercial banking line of business provides credit, cash management and personal banking products primarily to small businesses and business owners. We offer commercial banking services through our banking subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, an Indiana state-chartered commercial bank, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank. The commercial banking line of business offers a full line of consumer, mortgage and commercial loans, as well as personal and commercial checking accounts, savings and time deposit accounts, personal and business loans, credit card services, money transfer services, financial counseling, property, casualty, life and health insurance agency services, trust services, securities brokerage and safe deposit facilities. This line of business operates through two charters.

  •  Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company — headquartered in Columbus, Indiana and organized in 1871, is a full service Indiana state-chartered commercial bank with offices currently located throughout nine counties in central and southern Indiana, as well as in Kalamazoo, Grandville (near Grand Rapids), Traverse City and Lansing, Michigan, and Carson City, Nevada; and
 
  •  Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. — headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, is a full-service federal savings bank that began operations in December 2000. Currently we have offices located in Clayton, Missouri (near St. Louis); Louisville, Kentucky; Salt Lake City, Utah; Las Vegas, Nevada; and Phoenix, Arizona.

      We are pursuing the sale of our Las Vegas and Salt Lake City branches of Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. to Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company in 2004. This sale will not materially effect our results of operation, but should reduce operational complexity.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Commercial Banking” section of the MD&A of this report.

Home Equity Lending

      We established this line of business when we formed Irwin Home Equity Corporation as our subsidiary in 1994. It is headquartered in San Ramon, California. Irwin Home Equity became a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust in 2001. In conjunction with Irwin Union Bank and Trust, Irwin Home Equity originates, purchases, securitizes and services home equity loans and lines of credit and first mortgages nationwide. Our target customers are principally credit worthy, home owning consumers who are active, unsecured credit card debt users. We market our home equity products (with loan-to-value ratios up to 125%) and first mortgage refinance programs (with loan-to-value ratios up to 100%) through direct mail, the Internet, mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders nationwide. Irwin Home Equity’s core competencies are credit risk assessment and specialized home loan servicing.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Home Equity Lending” section of the MD&A of this report.

 
Commercial Finance

      Established in 1999, our commercial finance line of business originates small-ticket equipment leases through an established North American network of vendors and third-party originators and provides finance for franchisees of selected quick service and casual dining restaurant concepts in the United States. The majority of our leases are full payout (no residual), small-ticket assets secured by commercial equipment. We finance a variety of commercial and office equipment types and try to limit the industry and geographic

3


Table of Contents

concentrations in our lease and loan portfolios. Loans to franchisees may include the financing of real estate as well as equipment.

      In July 2000, the commercial finance line of business acquired an ownership of approximately 78% in Onset Capital Corporation, a Canadian small-ticket equipment leasing company headquartered in Vancouver, British Columbia. In December 2001, Onset Capital established Onset Alberta Ltd. as a subsidiary to facilitate its leasing business. In October 2001, we formed Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation to conduct our franchise lending business. We established Irwin Commercial Finance (formerly, Irwin Capital Holdings) in April 2001 as a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust to serve as the parent company for both our United States and Canadian commercial finance companies.

      We discuss this line of business further in the “Commercial Finance” section of the MD&A of this report.

 
Venture Capital

      We established this line of business when we formed Irwin Ventures Incorporated in August 1999. In our venture capital line of business, we make minority investments in early stage companies in the financial services industry and related fields that intend to use technology as a key component of their competitive strategy. We provide Irwin Ventures’ portfolio companies the benefit of our management experience in the financial services industry. In addition, we expect that contacts made through venture activities may benefit management of our other lines of business through the sharing of technologies and market opportunities.

      In April 2000, Irwin Ventures established a subsidiary, Irwin Ventures Incorporated-SBIC, which received a small business investment company license from the Small Business Administration. In December 2000, Irwin Ventures and Irwin Ventures-SBIC became Delaware limited liability companies. To date, the primary geographic focus of this line of business and each of our investments has been on the corridors of the east and west coasts between Washington, D.C. and Boston, and Palo Alto and Seattle.

 
Other Subsidiaries

      We established Irwin Residual Holdings Corporation and Irwin Residual Holdings Corporation II in 2002 to hold residual interests that Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company transferred to Irwin Financial Corporation. The residual interests were created as a result of securitizations in our home equity line of business.

      No single part of our business is dependent upon a single customer or upon a very few customers and the loss of any one customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon our business.

Competition

      We compete nationally in the U.S. in each business, except for commercial banking where our market focus is in the Midwest and Rocky Mountain states, and for commercial leasing where products are offered in the U.S. and throughout Canada. In our mortgage banking business we compete for mortgage loans with mortgage banking companies, as well as commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions and savings and loan associations, and with a number of nonbank companies.

      In our home equity lending business, our primary competitors for our home equity loans and lines of credit are similar to those in our mortgage banking business with the addition of large securities firms, credit card issuers and finance companies. Competitors in our commercial banking business include all of the above institutions.

      In our venture capital line of business, we compete primarily with other venture capital firms that invest in start-up companies.

      Some of our competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation as that imposed on bank holding companies, state banking organizations and federal saving banks. In addition, many larger banking organizations, mortgage companies, mortgage banks, insurance companies and securities firms have significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, some of our competitors have advantages over us in name recognition and market penetration.

4


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 
General

      The financial services business is highly regulated, primarily for the protection of depositors and other customers. The following is a summary of several applicable statutes and regulations that apply to us and to our subsidiaries. These summaries are not complete, and you should refer to the statutes and regulations for more information. Also, these statutes and regulations may change in the future, and we cannot predict what effect these changes, if made, will have on our operations.

      We are regulated at both the holding company and subsidiary level and subject to both state and federal regulation and examinations. The primary concern of banking regulation is “Safety and Soundness,” which places emphasis on asset quality and capital adequacy. “Safety and Soundness” also encompasses a broad range of other regulatory concerns including: insider transactions, the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses, intercompany transactions, regulatory reporting, adequacy of systems of internal controls and limitations on permissible activities.

      Our product and service offerings are subject to a number of consumer protection laws and regulations. In many instances these rules contain specific requirements regarding the content and timing of disclosures and the manner in which we must process and execute transactions. Some of these rules provide consumers with rights and remedies, including the right to initiate private litigation.

      In addition, financial services providers are required to establish and administer a variety of processes and programs to address other regulatory requirements, including: community reinvestment provisions; protection of customer information; identification of suspicious activities, including possible money laundering; proper identification of customers when performing transactions; maintenance of information and site security; and other bank compliance provisions. In a number of instances board and/or management oversight is required as well as employee training on specific regulations.

      Regulatory agencies have a broad range of sanctions and enforcement powers, including civil money penalties, formal agreements, and cease and desist orders.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

      We are registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and the related regulations, referred to as the BHC Act. We are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, and as part of this process, we must file reports and additional information with the Federal Reserve.

 
Minimum Capital Requirements

      The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital guidelines for assessing bank holding company capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital ratios in relation to assets, both on an aggregate basis and as adjusted for credit risks and off-balance sheet exposures. Under the Federal Reserve’s risk-based guidelines applicable to us, capital is classified into two categories for bank holding companies:

      Tier 1 capital, or core capital, consists of:

  •  common stockholder’s equity;
 
  •  qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock;
 
  •  qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (subject to some limitations, and including our Trust Preferred securities, of which $143 million qualified as Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2003); and
 
  •  minority interests in the common equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries;

5


Table of Contents

      less

  •  goodwill;
 
  •  credit-enhancing interest-only strips (certain amounts only); and
 
  •  specified intangible assets (including $16 million of disqualified Mortgage Servicing Assets (MSRs) as of December 31, 2003).

      Tier 2 capital, or supplementary capital, consists of:

  •  allowance for loan and lease losses;
 
  •  perpetual preferred stock and related surplus;
 
  •  hybrid capital instruments (including Trust Preferred securities, of which $89 million qualified as Tier 2 capital as of December 31, 2003);
 
  •  unrealized holding gains on equity securities;
 
  •  perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities;
 
  •  term subordinated debt, including related surplus; and
 
  •  intermediate-term preferred stock, including related securities.

      The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent, at least 4 percent of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital. Risk-weighted assets include assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items of bank holding companies that are assigned to one of several risk categories, based on the obligor or the nature of the collateral. The Federal Reserve has established a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (less any intangible capital items) to total assets (less any intangible assets), or leverage ratio, of 3 percent for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4 percent. Also, the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

      In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve emphasizes that the standards discussed above are minimums and that banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above these minimum levels. These guidelines also state that banking organizations experiencing growth, whether internally or through acquisitions or other expansionary initiatives, are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels.

      As of December 31, 2003, we had regulatory capital in excess of all the Federal Reserve’s minimum levels and our internal minimum target of 11% for risk-adjusted capital. Our ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets at December 31, 2003 was 15.1% and our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.4%.

      Residual Interests. On November 29, 2001, the four federal banking agencies jointly adopted revised regulatory capital standards regarding the treatment of certain recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests in assets securitizations, and other securitized transactions that expose financial institutions primarily to credit risk. The agencies had previously published guidelines on securitization activities in December 1999 (the “Securitization Guidance”) which dealt with the risk management and regulatory oversight issues involved with asset securitizations and residual interests.

      Residual interests generally include any on-balance sheet asset created by the sale of financial assets that results in the retention of any credit risks, directly or indirectly, associated with the transfer of assets, where the retained risk exceeds a pro rata share of the organization’s claim on the assets, whether through subordination provisions or other credit enhancement techniques.

      The revised rules (the “New Rules”) became effective January 1, 2002 for residual interests related to any transaction that settles on or after that date. For transactions that settled prior to the effective date of the

6


Table of Contents

New Rules, capital treatment prescribed by the application of the New Rules was delayed until December 31, 2002.

      Capital Treatment of Residual Interests. The New Rules imposed a concentration limit on credit-enhancing interest-only strips (CEIOS), a subset of residual interests, and a dollar-for-dollar capital requirement on residual interests not deducted from Tier 1 capital.

      CEIOS are, generally, assets created from the excess interest on assets transferred (after reduction for administrative expenses, investor interest payments, servicing fees, and credit losses on investors’ interests in these assets) that serve as credit enhancements for the investors. CEIOS are the residual interests most often resulting from asset securitizations such as our prior securitizations of home equity loans, in which the seller of loans accounts for the transaction using gain-on-sale accounting treatment. Under the New Rules, CEIOS are limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital, with the excess deducted from Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2003, our CEIOS represented 2% of Tier 1 capital.

 
Expansion

      The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for certain activities, such as the acquisition by a bank holding company of control of another bank or bank holding company. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may engage in activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to those banking activities, such as operating a mortgage bank or a savings association, conducting leasing and venture capital investment activities, performing trust company functions, or acting as an investment or financial advisor. See the section on “Interstate Banking and Branching Legislation” below.

 
Dividends

      The Federal Reserve has policies on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends (1) exceeding its net income or (2) which only could be funded in ways that would weaken a bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. Also, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by banks (including dividends to bank holding companies) and bank holding companies. See “Dividend Limitations” below.

      The Federal Reserve expects us to act as a source of financial strength to our banking subsidiaries and to commit resources to support them. In implementing this policy, the Federal Reserve could require us to provide financial support when we otherwise would not consider ourselves able to do so.

      In addition to the restrictions on fundamental corporate actions such as acquisitions and dividends imposed by the Federal Reserve, Indiana law also places limitations on our authority with respect to such activities.

Bank and Thrift Regulation

      Indiana law subjects Irwin Union Bank and Trust and its subsidiaries to supervision and examination by the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions. Irwin Union Bank and Trust is a member of the Federal Reserve System and, along with its subsidiaries, is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve. Because we meet the definition of “large bank” (over $5 billion in assets), Irwin Union Bank and Trust is subject to continuous supervision by the Federal Reserve in accordance with their large bank examination guidelines. Subsidiaries routinely subject to examination include Irwin Mortgage, Irwin Home Equity and Irwin Commercial Finance. Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a direct subsidiary of the bank holding company, is a federally chartered savings bank. Accordingly, it is governed by and subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).

7


Table of Contents

      The Federal Reserve also supervises Irwin Union Bank and Trust’s compliance with federal law and regulations that restrict loans by member banks to their directors, executive officers, and other controlling persons.

      The deposits of Irwin Union Bank and Trust are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund and the deposits of Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA). As a result, Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. also are subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The regulatory scheme applicable to Irwin Union Bank and Trust is comparable to that imposed on Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. by the OTS.

 
Mortgage Banking and Residential Lending Regulation

      The residential lending activities of Irwin Union Bank and Trust, the mortgage banking activities of Irwin Mortgage, and the home equity lending business of Irwin Home Equity are regulated by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to oversee the banking activities of Irwin Union Bank and Trust, as the primary federal regulator of the bank pursuant to the FDIA, and the nonbanking subsidiaries of both Irwin Financial Corporation and Irwin Union Bank and Trust, pursuant to the BHC Act. Federal Reserve regulations, such as restrictions on affiliate transactions, asset quality and earnings performance, apply to our residential lending activities. The Indiana Department of Financial Institutions has comparable supervisory and examination authority over Irwin Mortgage, Irwin Home Equity and Irwin Commercial Finance due to their status as subsidiaries of Irwin Union Bank and Trust.

 
Capital Requirements

      The Federal Reserve has published regulations applicable to state member banks such as Irwin Union Bank and Trust regarding the maintenance of adequate capital. While retaining the authority to set capital ratios for individual banks, these regulations group banks into categories based upon total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and a leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital divided by average total assets). The Federal Reserve requires banks to hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of all of the risks, including the volume and severity of problem loans, to which they are exposed.

      The Federal Reserve requires all state member banks to meet a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to weighted risk assets of 8 percent, of which at least 4 percent should be in the form of Tier 1 capital. For purposes of this ratio, Tier 1 capital is defined as the sum of core capital elements less goodwill and other intangible assets.

      The minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets for strong banking institutions (rated composite “1” under the uniform rating system of banks) is 3 percent. For all other institutions, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4 percent. Banking institutions with supervisory, financial, operational, or managerial weaknesses are expected to maintain capital ratios well above the minimum levels, as are institutions with high or inordinate levels of risk. Banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are also expected to maintain capital, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels. For example, a majority of such institutions generally have operated at capital levels ranging from 1 to 2 percent above the stated minimums. Higher capital ratios could be required if warranted by the particular circumstances to risk profiles of individual banks. The standards set forth above specify minimum supervisory ratios based primarily on broad credit risk considerations. The risk-based ratio does not take explicit account of the quality of individual asset portfolios or the range of other types of risks to which banks may be exposed, such as interest rate, liquidity, market or operational risks. For this reason, banks are generally expected to operate with capital positions above the minimum ratios.

      At December 31, 2003, Irwin Union Bank and Trust had a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.0%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 12.1%, and a leverage ratio of 11.2% and was considered well-capitalized. See “Bank Holding Company Regulation — Minimum Capital Requirements — Residual Interests” earlier in this section for a discussion of the impact of the new regulatory capital treatment rules. We transferred our residual assets held at Irwin Union Bank and Trust to our holding company in the form of dividends during the fourth quarter of

8


Table of Contents

2001 and the first quarter of 2002. Because of the amount of the residuals, we sought and received regulatory approval of these dividends as required. After discussion with our regulators as well as consideration of the risk profile of our organization, our Board of Directors adopted resolutions regarding maintenance of capital levels above the well-capitalized minimum requirements beginning March 31, 2002. The benchmark levels we established are 12% total capital to risk-weighted assets at Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and 11% total capital to risk-weighted assets at Irwin Financial. Although the dividends of the residual assets did not have a meaningful impact on our consolidated capital ratios calculated under the New Rules, the dividends had the effect of increasing regulatory capital ratios at Irwin Union Bank and Trust.

      The Federal Reserve, the OTS, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies also adopted a rule modifying the risk-based capital standards to provide for consideration of interest rate risk when assessing capital adequacy of a bank or savings association. Under this rule, the Federal Reserve, the OTS and the FDIC must explicitly include a bank or savings association’s exposure to declines in the economic value of their capital due to changes in interest rates as a factor in evaluating capital adequacy of a bank or savings association. The Federal Reserve, the OTS, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies also adopted a joint agency policy statement providing guidance for managing interest rate risk. The policy statement emphasizes the importance of adequate management oversight and a sound risk management process. This assessment of interest rate risk management made by the banks’ examiners is incorporated into the banks’ overall risk management rating and used to determine management’s effectiveness.

 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts

      Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act of 1991 (FDICIA), as FDIC-insured institutions, Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk they pose to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, respectively. The FDIC also has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits to achieve the statutorily required reserve ratios in insurance funds and to impose special additional assessments. Each depository institution is assigned to one of three capital groups: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized.” An institution is considered well capitalized under regulatory guidelines if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, has a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level. An adequately capitalized institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, has a leverage ratio of 4% or greater and does not meet the definition of a well capitalized bank. An institution is considered undercapitalized if it does not meet the definition of well capitalized or adequately capitalized. Within each capital group, institutions are assigned to one of three supervisory subgroups: “A” (institutions with few minor weaknesses), “B” (institutions that demonstrate weaknesses which, if not corrected, could result in significant deterioration of the institution and increased risk of loss to the insurance funds), and “C” (institutions that pose a substantial probability of loss to the insurance funds unless effective corrective action is taken). There are nine combinations of capital groups and supervisory subgroups to which varying assessment rates may apply. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned.

 
Dividend Limitations

      As a state member bank, Irwin Union Bank and Trust may not, without the approval of the Federal Reserve, declare a dividend if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceeds the total of its net income for that year, combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to the surplus account. Under Indiana law, certain dividends require notice to, or approval by, the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions, and Irwin Union Bank and Trust may not pay dividends in an amount greater than its net profits then available, after deducting losses and bad debts. The amount of the residual assets transferred to the holding company as a dividend from the bank in 2001 and 2002 exceeded the amount that could have been dividended by the bank to the bank holding company without regulatory approval as described above and, as a result, we sought and obtained regulatory approval for the dividend. Had Irwin Union Bank and Trust wished to pay us a dividend following the transfer

9


Table of Contents

of the residuals, prior approval from the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago would have been required until such time as net income for the year, combined with retained net income of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to the surplus account, exceeded the amount to be dividended. This limitation was eliminated during the fourth quarter of 2003 due to retained earnings growth at Irwin Union Bank and Trust.

      In most cases, savings and loan associations, such as Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., are required either to apply to or to provide notice to the OTS regarding the payment of dividends. The savings association must seek approval if it does not qualify for expedited treatment under OTS regulations, or if the total amount of all capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus retained net income for the preceding two years, or the savings association would not be adequately capitalized following the dividend, or the proposed dividend would violate a prohibition in any statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. In other circumstances, a simple notice is sufficient.

      Our ability and the ability of Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. to pay dividends also may be affected by the various capital requirements and the capital and noncapital standards established under the FDICIA, as described above. Our rights and the rights of our shareholders and our creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of our subsidiaries also is subject to the prior claims of creditors of our subsidiaries including the depositors of a bank subsidiary.

 
Interstate Banking and Branching Legislation

      Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the Interstate Banking Act), banks are permitted, subject to being adequately or better capitalized, in compliance with Community Reinvestment Act requirements and in compliance with state law requirements (such as age-of-bank limits and deposit caps), to merge with one another across state lines and to create a main bank with branches in separate states. After establishing branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, a bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where any bank involved in the interstate merger could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal and state law.

      Although Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. has a different primary federal regulator from Irwin Union Bank and Trust, most, if not all, of the federal statutes and regulations applicable to Irwin Union Bank also apply to Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. However, as a federally chartered savings bank, Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. has greater flexibility in pursuing interstate branching than an Indiana state bank. A federal savings association may establish or operate a branch in any state outside the state of its home office if the association meets certain statutory requirements. These requirements do not apply if the law of the state where the branch is to be located offers reciprocal branching privileges with the state where the savings association has its home office located. As Irwin Union Bank and Trust does with its supervisory regulatory agencies, Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals before establishing branches or entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions.

 
Community Reinvestment

      Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), banking and thrift institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community that are consistent with the CRA. Institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, which evaluates the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, which evaluates the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and business; and (c) service, which evaluates the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other activities. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a

10


Table of Contents

financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take this record into account in evaluating certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. Both Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. received a “satisfactory” rating on their most recent CRA performance evaluations.
 
Brokered Deposits

      Brokered deposits include funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through a deposit broker for deposit into one or more deposit accounts. Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are permitted to accept brokered deposits.

 
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

      In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the GLB Act) amended or repealed certain provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act and other legislation that restricted the ability of bank holding companies, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate with one another. The GLB Act established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies and securities firms. The GLB Act also contains provisions intended to safeguard consumer financial information in the hands of financial service providers by, among other things, requiring these entities to share their privacy policies with their customers and allowing customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information with non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions. Financial privacy regulations implementing the GLB provisions contain specific provisions on the treatment and safeguarding of confidential financial information. To the extent the GLB Act permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. This consolidation could result in a growing number of larger financial institutions that offer a wider variety of financial services than we currently offer and that can aggressively compete in the markets we currently serve.

 
Compliance with Consumer Protection Laws

      Our subsidiaries also are subject to many federal and state consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:

  •  require lenders to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;
 
  •  require certain lenders to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;
 
  •  require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;
 
  •  prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and
 
  •  prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

11


Table of Contents

      In addition, banking subsidiaries are subject to a number of regulations that offer consumer protections to depositors, including account terms and disclosures, funds availability and electronic funds transfers.

 
Equal Credit Opportunity Act

      The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination against an applicant in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. In addition to prohibiting outright discrimination on any of the impermissible bases listed above, an “effects test” has been applied to determine whether a violation of the act has occurred. This means that if a creditor’s actions have had the effect of discriminating, the creditor may be held liable, even when there is no intent to discriminate. In addition to actual damages, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act permits regulatory agencies to take enforcement action and provides for punitive damages. Successful complainants also may be entitled to an award of court costs and attorneys’ fees.

 
Fair Housing Act

      The federal Fair Housing Act regulates many lending practices, including prohibiting discrimination in a lender’s housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. The Fair Housing Act is broadly written and has been broadly interpreted by the courts. A number of lending practices have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the act itself. Among those practices that have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act are declining a loan for the purposes of racial discrimination, making excessively low appraisals of property based on racial considerations and pressuring, discouraging, or denying applications for credit on a prohibited basis.

      The Fair Housing Act allows a person who believes that he or she has been discriminated against to file a complaint with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Aggrieved persons also may initiate a civil action. The Fair Housing Act also permits the Attorney General of the United States to commence a civil action if there is reasonable cause to believe that a person has been discriminated against in violation of the Fair Housing Act. Penalties for violation of the Fair Housing Act include actual damages suffered by the aggrieved person and injunctive or other equitable relief. The courts also may assess civil penalties.

 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act

      The federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act grew out of public concern over the availability of credit in certain urban neighborhoods. One purpose of the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act is to provide public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires institutions to report data regarding applications for loans for the purchase or improvement of one-to-four family and multifamily dwellings, as well as information concerning originations and purchases of such loans. Federal bank regulators rely, in part, upon data provided under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act to determine whether depository institutions engage in discriminatory lending practices.

      The appropriate federal banking agency (that is, the Federal Reserve for Irwin Union Bank and Trust and the OTS for Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B.), or in some cases, HUD, enforces compliance with the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and implements its regulations. Administrative sanctions, including civil money penalties, may be imposed by supervisory agencies for violations of this act.

12


Table of Contents

 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act

      The federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. RESPA also prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Violations of RESPA may result in imposition of penalties, including: (1) civil liability equal to three times the amount of any charge paid for the settlement services or civil liability of up to $1,000 per claimant, depending on the violation; (2) awards of court costs and attorneys’ fees; and (3) fines of not more than $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. A significant number of individual claims and purported consumer class action claims have been commenced against financial institutions and other mortgage lending companies, including Irwin Mortgage, alleging violations of the prohibition against kickbacks and seeking civil damages, court costs and attorneys’ fees. See the “Legal Proceedings” section of this report.

 
Truth in Lending Act

      The federal Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the act, all creditors must use the same credit terminology and expressions of rates, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule.

      Violations of the Truth in Lending Act may result in regulatory sanctions and in the imposition of both civil and, in the case of willful violations, criminal penalties. Under certain circumstances, the Truth in Lending Act and Federal Reserve Regulation Z also provide a consumer with a right of rescission, which relieves the consumer of the obligation to pay amounts to the creditor or to a third party in connection with the offending transaction, including finance charges, application fee, commitment fees, title search fees and appraisal fees. Consumers may also seek actual and punitive damages for violations in the Truth in Lending Act. See the “Legal Proceedings” section of this report.

 
State Consumer Protection Laws

      In addition to the federal consumer protection laws discussed above, our subsidiaries are also subject to state consumer protection laws that regulate the mortgage origination and lending businesses of these subsidiaries. As part of the home equity line of business in conjunction with its subsidiary, Irwin Home Equity, Irwin Union Bank and Trust originates home equity loans through its branch in Carson City, Nevada. Irwin Union Bank and Trust uses interest rates and loan terms in its home equity loans and lines of credit that are authorized by Nevada law, but might not be authorized by the laws of the states in which the borrowers are located. As a FDIC-insured, state member bank, Irwin Union Bank and Trust is authorized by Section 27 of the FDIA to charge interest at rates allowed by the laws of the state where the bank is located regardless of any inconsistent state law, and to apply these rates to loans to borrowers in other states. The FDIC has opined that a state bank with branches outside of the state in which it is chartered may also be located in a state in which it maintains an interstate branch. Irwin Union Bank and Trust relies on Section 27 of the FDIA and the FDIC opinion in conducting its home equity lending business described above. From time to time, state regulators have questioned the application of Section 27 of the FDIA to credit practices affecting citizens of their states. Any change in Section 27 of the FDIA or in the FDIC’s interpretation of this provision, or any successful challenge as to the permissibility of these activities, could require that we change the terms of some of our loans or the manner in which we conduct our home equity line of business.

Employees and Labor Relations

      At January 31, 2004, we and our subsidiaries had a total of 3,589 employees, including full-time and part-time employees. We continue a commitment of equal employment opportunity for all job applicants and staff members, and management regards its relations with its employees as satisfactory.

13


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

      Our executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve for a term of one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. In addition to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Miller, who also serves as a director, our executive officers are listed below.

      Richard Barbercheck (45) has been a Vice President of Irwin Financial Corporation since October 2003. He was an officer of Irwin Union Bank and Trust since March 1998.

      Claude E. Davis (43) has been Chairman of Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Senior Vice President of Irwin Financial Corporation since May 2003. He served as President of Irwin Union Bank and Trust from January 1996 to May 2003. He has been an officer since 1988. He was elected to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI) Board of Directors in 2003. We are a member of the FHLBI.

      Elena Delgado (48) has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Irwin Home Equity since September 1994.

      Gregory F. Ehlinger (41) has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August of 1999. He has been one of our officers since August 1992.

      Paul D. Freudenthaler (39) was recently promoted to Chief Risk Officer in December 2003. He was Vice President — Financial Risk Management from December 2001 to December 2003. From September 2000 through November 2001, he was Corporate Controller for America Online Latin America, an Internet service provider. From July 2000 to August 2000 he served as Senior Vice President — Treasurer of Telscape International, Inc., a development stage telecommunications company. Prior thereto, he held the position of Chief Accounting Officer of Telscape from July 1999 until June 2000. Subsequent to his departure from Telscape, Telscape filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on April 27, 2001. From February 1999 through June 1999, he was Director — International of Bank United, F.S.B. From January 1994 through January 1999, he was Director — International of Irwin Mortgage Corporation, our subsidiary.

      Jose M. Gonzalez (45) has been our Vice President — Internal Audit since October 1995. In 2001, he was also appointed as Vice President — Operational Risk Management.

      Robert H. Griffith (46) has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Irwin Mortgage since January 2001. He has been an officer of Irwin Mortgage since 1993.

      Theresa L. Hall (51) has been our Vice President — Human Resources since 1988 and has been one of our officers since 1980.

      Bradley J. Kime (43) has been President of Irwin Union Bank’s commercial line of business since May 2003. He has been President of Irwin Union Bank F.S.B. since December 2000. He has been an officer of Irwin Union Bank and Trust since 1987, and one of our officers since 1986.

      Joseph R. LaLeggia (42) has been President of Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation since July of 2002. He has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Onset Capital Corporation since April 1998. From January 1997 until April of 1998 he was President of AT&T Capital Canada Inc.

      Jody A. Littrell (36) has been our Vice President and Controller since March 2000. He was employed with Arthur Andersen LLP from September 1990 to March 2000.

      Matthew F. Souza (47) has been our Senior Vice President — Ethics since August 1999 and our Secretary since 1986. He has been one of our officers since 1986.

      Thomas D. Washburn (57) has been our Executive Vice President since August 1999 and has been one of our officers since 1976. From 1981 to August 1999 he served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

14


Table of Contents

      Brett R. Vanderkolk (38) has been our Vice President — Treasurer since September 2000. From August 1996, to September 2000, he served as Manager, Corporate Finance for Arvin Industries, Inc. (manufacturer of automotive products).

 
Item 2. Properties

      Our main office and the main offices of Irwin Ventures LLC are located at 500 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana, in space leased from Irwin Union Bank and Trust. The location and general character of our other materially important physical properties as of January 31, 2004 are as follows:

Irwin Mortgage

      The main office, where administrative and servicing activities are centered, is located at 10500 Kincaid Drive, Fishers, Indiana, and is leased. Loan production and satellite offices, which are leased, are operated from approximately 170 locations in 33 states.

Irwin Union Bank and Trust

      The main office is located in four buildings at 435, 500, 520 and 526 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana. Irwin Union Realty Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust, owns these buildings in fee and leases them to Irwin Union Bank and Trust. One or the other of Irwin Union Bank and Trust or Irwin Union Realty owns the branch properties in fee at six locations in Columbus. These properties have no major encumbrances. Irwin Union Bank and Trust leases eleven other branch offices in Central and Southern Indiana, four offices in Michigan and one office in Nevada.

Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B.

      The main office is located at 9300 Shelbyville Road, Louisville, Kentucky. Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. has four branch offices located in Arizona, Missouri, Nevada and Utah. All offices are leased. Subject to regulatory approval, we expect to move the main office to a leased space at 140 Whittington Parkway, Suite 100, Louisville, Kentucky during the second quarter of 2004.

Irwin Home Equity

      The main office is located at 12677 Alcosta Boulevard, Suite 500, San Ramon, California. Irwin Home Equity also occupies two other offices in San Ramon, California. All offices are leased.

Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation

      Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation leases its main office located at 500 Washington Street, Columbus, Indiana. The office of our domestic commercial finance operation, Irwin Business Finance, is located at 330 120th Avenue NE, Bellevue, Washington and is leased. Our Canadian commercial finance subsidiary, Onset Capital Corporation, leases its main office in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, as well as its two processing centers in Toronto, Ontario and Montreal, Quebec. The main office of our franchise lending subsidiary, Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation, is located at 2700 Westchester Avenue, Purchase, New York and is leased. In addition, Irwin Franchise Capital owns the building that houses its telesales center at 2715 13th Street, Columbus, Nebraska.

 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
 
Culpepper v. Inland Mortgage Corporation

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, is a defendant in a class action lawsuit, filed in April 1996, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama alleging that Irwin Mortgage violated the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) relating to Irwin Mortgage’s payment of broker fees to mortgage brokers. In June 2001, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit upheld

15


Table of Contents

the district court’s certification of a plaintiff class and the case was remanded for further proceedings in the federal district court.

      In November 2001, by order of the district court, the parties filed supplemental briefs analyzing the impact of an October 18, 2001 policy statement issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that explicitly disagreed with the judicial interpretation of RESPA by the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit in its ruling upholding class certification in Culpepper. In response to a motion from Irwin Mortgage, in March 2002, the district court granted Irwin Mortgage’s motion to stay proceedings in Culpepper until the 11th Circuit decided the three other RESPA cases originally argued before it with Culpepper.

      The 11th Circuit subsequently decided the three other RESPA cases pending in that court. In one of those cases (Heimmermann v. First Union Mortgage Corporation), the 11th Circuit concluded that the trial court had abused its discretion in certifying a class action under RESPA. Further, in that decision, the 11th Circuit expressly recognized it was, in effect, overruling its previous decision upholding class certification in Culpepper. In March 2003, Irwin Mortgage filed a motion to decertify the class in Culpepper and the plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for summary judgment. On October 2, 2003, the case was reassigned to another U.S. district court judge. In response to an order from the court, the parties submitted a joint status report at the end of October 2003.

      If the class is not decertified and the district court finds that Irwin Mortgage violated RESPA, Irwin Mortgage could be liable for damages equal to three times the amount of that portion of payments made to the mortgage brokers that is ruled unlawful. Based on notices sent by the plaintiffs to date to potential class members and additional notices that might be sent in this case, we believe the class is not likely to exceed 32,000 borrowers who meet the class specifications.

      As discussed in prior periodic reports, other cases filed against Irwin Mortgage alleging RESPA and other violations similar to those in Culpepper were settled in 2003 for nonmaterial amounts. Irwin Mortgage intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously and believes it has numerous defenses to the alleged violations. Irwin Mortgage further believes that the 11th Circuit’s rulings in Heimmermann and the companion RESPA decisions provide grounds for reversal of the class certification in Culpepper. We have no assurance, however, that Irwin Mortgage will be successful in defeating class certification or will ultimately prevail on the merits. However, we expect that an adverse outcome in this case could result in substantial monetary damages that could be material to our financial position. We have not established any reserves for this case and are unable at this stage of the litigation to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss that we could suffer.

 
United States ex rel. Paranich v. Sorgnard et al.

      In January 2001, we and Irwin Leasing Corporation (formerly Affiliated Capital Corp.), our indirect subsidiary, and Irwin Equipment Finance Corporation, our direct subsidiary (together, the Irwin companies), were served as defendants in an action filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania. The suit alleges that a manufacturer/importer of certain medical devices (Matrix Biokinetics, Inc. and others) made misrepresentations to health care professionals and to government officials to improperly obtain Medicare reimbursement for treatments using the devices, and that the Irwin companies, through Affiliated Capital’s financing activities, aided in making the alleged misrepresentations. The Irwin companies filed a motion to dismiss on February 12, 2001. On August 10, 2001, the court granted our motion in part by dismissing Irwin Financial and Irwin Equipment Finance as defendants in the suit. In June 2003, Irwin Leasing filed a motion for summary judgment. Oral argument on the motion was held on August 27, 2003. On October 8, 2003, the court granted Irwin Leasing’s motion for summary judgment, dismissing the plaintiff’s complaint. On October 22, 2003, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. The appeal is currently in the briefing process. We have not established any reserves for this case. Although we believe the trial court’s decision is well-reasoned, we cannot predict at this time whether we will prevail on appeal.

16


Table of Contents

 
McIntosh v. Irwin Home Equity Corporation

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust company, is a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts in July 2001. The case involves loans purchased by Irwin Union Bank from FirstPlus, an unaffiliated third-party lender. The plaintiffs allege a failure to comply with certain disclosure provisions of the Truth in Lending Act relating to high rate loans in making second mortgage home equity loans to the plaintiff borrowers. The complaint seeks rescission of the loans and other damages.

      On September 30, 2002, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for certification of a class subject to certain limitations. In October 2002, we filed a motion for reconsideration with the district court and a petition for permission to appeal the class certification decision with the Court of Appeals for the 1st Circuit. In May 2003, the district court denied our motion for summary judgment and denied in part our motion for reconsideration of class decertification. However, the court further restricted membership in the plaintiff class. In October 2003, the court of appeals denied our application for appellate review of the district court’s certification of the class.

      As originally specified, the plaintiff class was limited to those borrowers who obtained a mortgage loan originated with prepayment penalty provisions by FirstPlus during the three-year period prior to the filing of the suit. As more recently defined by the court, the class has been further restricted to those borrowers who refinanced their loans and paid a prepayment penalty. Only high-rate loans that are subject to the provisions of the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 would be included in the class.

      Limited discovery on issues pertaining to class certification and the merits of plaintiffs’ individual claim has been conducted. The actual number of plaintiff borrowers will be determined only after a review of loan files. Nevertheless, after performing a limited analysis of the approximately 200 loans acquired directly from FirstPlus through our correspondent lending channel and the approximately 7,800 loans acquired from others through bulk acquisitions that may include FirstPlus originations, we believe that fewer than 100 loans will qualify for inclusion in the class. We believe we have available numerous defenses to the allegations and intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Because this case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss, if any, and have not established any reserves related to this case.

 
Stamper v. A Home of Your Own, Inc.

      On January 25, 2002, a jury in this case awarded the plaintiffs damages of $1.434 million, jointly and severally, against defendants, including our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation. The case was filed in August 1998 in the Baltimore, Maryland, City Circuit Court. The nine plaintiff borrowers alleged that A Home of Your Own, Inc., a home rehabilitation company, and its principal, Robert Beeman, defrauded the plaintiffs by selling them defective homes at inflated prices and that Irwin Mortgage, which provided the plaintiff borrowers mortgage loans on the home purchases, participated in the fraud. Irwin Mortgage filed an appeal with the Maryland Court of Special Appeals, and oral argument was held on January 7, 2003. On February 27, 2004, the Court of Special Appeals ruled against Irwin Mortgage and remanded the case to the trial court for a partial retrial on whether the plaintiffs are entitled to punitive damages. Irwin Mortgage is considering whether to appeal further. We have reserved for this case based upon advice of our legal counsel.

 
Silke v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the Marion County, Indiana, Circuit Court. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage charged a document preparation fee in violation of Indiana law for services performed by clerical personnel in completing legal documents related to mortgage loans. The plaintiff is seeking to certify a class consisting of Indiana borrowers who were charged the fee during the six-year period prior to the filing of the lawsuit. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on June 11, 2003 and a motion for summary judgment on October 27, 2003. On November 3, 2003, the court ruled that a determination of class certification will precede any action on Irwin Mortgage’s summary judgment motion. On January 9, 2004, the plaintiff filed a Supplemental Brief and Submission of Additional Evidence in Support of Class Certification. A hearing on plaintiff’s summary judgment motion is scheduled for March 15, 2004. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are

17


Table of Contents

unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.
 
Gutierrez v. Irwin Mortgage Corporation

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the District Court of Nueces County, Texas. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage improperly charged borrowers fees for the services of third-party vendors in excess of Irwin Mortgage’s costs, and charged certain fees to which plaintiffs did not agree. The plaintiffs are seeking to certify a class consisting of similarly situated borrowers. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on July 11, 2003 and responded to plaintiff’s initial discovery requests on December 19, 2003. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.

 
Cohens v. Inland Mortgage Company

      In October 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), was named as a defendant, along with others, in an action filed in the Supreme Court of New York, County of Kings. The plaintiffs, a mother and two children, allege they were injured from lead contamination while living in premises allegedly owned by the defendants. The suit seeks approximately $41,000,000 in damages and alleges negligence, breach of implied warranty of habitability and fitness for intended use, loss of services and the cost of medical treatment. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. However, we are attempting to obtain a voluntary dismissal based on our belief that there is insufficient nexus between the cause of the alleged injuries and Irwin Mortgage. We have not established any reserves for this case.

      We and our subsidiaries are from time to time engaged in various matters of litigation, including the matters described above, and other assertions of improper or fraudulent loan practices or lending violations, and other matters, and we have a number of unresolved claims pending. In addition, as part of the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are parties to litigation involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts, the collection of delinquent accounts, challenges to security interests in collateral, and foreclosure interests, that is incidental to our regular business activities. While the ultimate liability with respect to these other litigation matters and claims cannot be determined at this time, we believe that damages, if any, and other amounts relating to pending matters are not likely to be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations, except as described above. Reserves are established for these various matters of litigation, when appropriate, based upon the advice of legal counsel.

 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      During the fourth quarter of 2003, no matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

18


Table of Contents

PART II

 
Item 5. Market for Corporation’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

      Our stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IFC.” The following table sets forth certain information regarding trading in, and cash dividends paid with respect to, the shares of our common stock in each quarter of the two most recent calendar years. The approximate number of shareholders of record on February 19, 2004, was 1,781.

Stock Prices and Dividends:

                                         
Price Range Total

Quarter Cash Dividends
High Low End Dividends For Year





2002
                                       
First quarter
  $ 19.15     $ 14.40     $ 16.49     $ 0.0675          
Second quarter
    20.66       17.65       20.10       0.0675          
Third quarter
    20.05       14.50       17.00       0.0675          
Fourth quarter
    17.80       13.20       16.50       0.0675     $ 0.27  
2003
                                       
First quarter
  $ 20.12     $ 15.95     $ 19.49     $ 0.0700          
Second quarter
    26.50       19.26       25.90       0.0700          
Third quarter
    25.81       20.90       24.30       0.0700          
Fourth quarter
    32.15       25.30       31.40       0.0700     $ 0.28  

      We expect to continue our policy of paying regular cash dividends, although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition. On February 20, 2004, our Board of Directors approved an increase in the first quarter dividend to $0.08 per share, payable in March 2004. Dividends paid by Irwin Union Bank and Trust and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. to the Corporation are restricted by banking law.

Sales of Unregistered Securities:

      In 2003, we issued 23,776 shares of common stock pursuant to elections made by six of our outside directors to receive board compensation under the 1999 Outside Director Restricted Stock Compensation Plan in lieu of cash fees. All of these shares were issued in reliance on the private placement exemption from registration provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

19


Table of Contents

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Selected Financial Data

                                             
At or For Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
For the year:
                                       
 
Net revenues
  $ 553,601     $ 404,647     $ 387,019     $ 290,626     $ 255,318  
 
Noninterest expense
    435,199       318,416       312,819       231,095       202,681  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    118,402       86,231       74,200       59,531       52,637  
 
Provision for income taxes
    45,585       33,398       28,859       23,865       19,481  
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    72,817       52,833       45,341       35,666       33,156  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
          495       175              
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516     $ 35,666     $ 33,156  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Mortgage loan originations
  $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875     $ 9,225,991     $ 4,091,573     $ 5,876,750  
 
Home equity loan originations
    1,133,316       1,067,227       1,149,410       1,225,955       439,507  
Common Share Data:
                                       
 
Earnings per share:(1)
                                       
   
Basic
  $ 2.61     $ 1.99     $ 2.15     $ 1.70     $ 1.54  
   
Diluted
    2.45       1.89       2.00       1.67       1.51  
 
Cash dividends per share
    0.28       0.27       0.26       0.24       0.20  
 
Book value per share
    15.36       12.98       10.81       8.92       7.55  
 
Dividend payout ratio
    10.76 %     14.01 %     12.13 %     14.13 %     12.93 %
 
Weighted average shares — basic
    27,915       26,823       21,175       20,973       21,530  
 
Weighted average shares — diluted
    30,850       29,675       24,173       21,593       21,886  
 
Shares outstanding — end of period
    28,134       27,771       21,305       21,026       21,105  
At year end:
                                       
 
Assets
  $ 4,988,359     $ 4,910,392     $ 3,446,602     $ 2,425,690     $ 1,682,992  
 
Residual interests
    71,491       157,514       199,071       152,614       59,025  
 
Loans held for sale
    883,895       1,314,849       502,086       579,788       508,997  
 
Loans and leases
    3,161,054       2,815,276       2,137,822       1,234,922       733,424  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    64,285       50,936       22,283       13,129       8,555  
 
Servicing assets
    380,123       174,935       228,624       130,627       138,500  
 
Deposits
    2,899,662       2,693,810       2,308,962       1,442,589       870,318  
 
Short-term borrowings
    429,758       993,124       487,963       476,928       473,103  
 
Collateralized debt
    590,131       391,425                    
 
Other long-term debt(2)
    270,184       30,070       30,000       30,000       30,000  
 
Trust preferred securities(2)
          233,000       198,500       153,500       50,000  
 
Shareholders’ equity
    432,260       360,555       231,665       188,870       159,296  
 
Managed first mortgage servicing portfolio
    29,640,122       16,792,669       12,875,532       9,196,513       10,488,112  
 
Managed home equity portfolio
    1,513,289       1,830,339       2,064,542       1,625,719       777,934  

20


Table of Contents

                                             
At or For Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Selected Financial Ratios:
                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                       
 
Return on average assets
    1.40 %     1.33 %     1.45 %     1.76 %     2.01 %
 
Return on average equity
    18.37       16.66       21.82       20.83       21.51  
 
Net interest margin(3)
    5.82       6.01       5.35       5.36       5.01  
 
Noninterest income to revenues(4)
    54.8 %     52.4 %     64.8 %     69.9 %     75.3 %
 
Efficiency ratio(5)
    72.4       71.0       78.1       78.6       79.0  
 
Loans and leases and loans held for sale to deposits(6)
    94.1       89.9       79.1       85.6       84.3  
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    132.2       121.7       117.2       113.5       127.4  
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses to:
                                       
   
Total loans and leases
    2.0 %     1.8 %     1.0 %     1.1 %     1.2 %
   
Non-performing loans and leases
    144.9       163.6       116.3       181.8       189.9  
 
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
    1.1       0.7       0.7       0.3       0.3  
 
Net home equity charge-offs to managed home equity portfolio
    4.4       2.9       1.8       0.6       0.4  
 
Non-performing assets to total assets
    1.1       0.8       0.7       0.4       0.5  
 
Non-performing assets to total loans and leases and other real estate owned
    1.7       1.3       1.1       0.8       1.1  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:
                                       
 
Including deposit interest
    2.2 x     1.9 x     1.6 x     1.6 x     1.9 x
 
Excluding deposit interest
    3.1       3.0       2.5       2.5       2.5  
Capital Ratios:
                                       
 
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets
    7.6 %     8.0 %     6.7 %     8.5 %     9.4 %
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
    11.4       9.3       6.8       8.9       11.4  
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    11.2       9.7       9.4       12.4       12.8  
 
Total risk-based capital Ratio
    15.1       13.2       10.8       13.6       13.5  


(1)  Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $1.97 basic and $1.87 diluted. Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $2.14 basic and $1.99 diluted.
 
(2)  At December 31, 2003, the Trusts holding trust preferred securities were not consolidated in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” See “Other Long-Term Debt and Collateralized Borrowings” and footnote 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
 
(3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
(4)  Revenues consist of net interest income plus noninterest income.
 
(5)  Noninterest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.
 
(6)  Excludes first (but not second) mortgage loans held for sale and loans collateralizing secured financings.

21


Table of Contents

Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

About Forward-looking Statements

      You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, footnotes, and tables. This discussion and other sections of this report contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions.

      Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations, estimates, projections, and assumptions. These statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and are not guarantees of future performance. In addition, our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future results. Words that convey our beliefs, expectations, assumptions, estimates, forecasts, outlook and projections or similar language, or that indicate events we believe could, would, should, may or will occur (or might not occur) or are likely (or unlikely) to occur, and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These may include, among other things, statements and assumptions about:

  •  our projected revenues, earnings or earnings per share, as well as management’s short-term and long-term performance goals;
 
  •  projected trends or potential changes in our asset quality, loan delinquencies, asset valuations, capital ratios or financial performance measures;
 
  •  our plans and strategies, including the expected results or impact of implementing such plans and strategies;
 
  •  potential litigation developments and the anticipated impact of potential outcomes of pending legal matters;
 
  •  the anticipated effects on results of operations or financial condition from recent developments or events;
 
  •  any other projections or expressions that are not historical facts.

      Actual future results may differ materially from what is projected due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

  •  potential changes in and volatility of interest rates, which may affect consumer demand for our products and the management and success of our interest rate risk management strategies;
 
  •  staffing fluctuations in response to product demand;
 
  •  the relative profitability of our lending operations;
 
  •  the valuation and management of our servicing portfolios, including short-term swings in valuation of such portfolios due to quarter-end secondary market interest rates, which are inherently volatile;
 
  •  borrowers’ refinancing opportunities, which may affect the prepayment assumptions used in our valuation estimates and which may affect loan demand;
 
  •  unanticipated deterioration in the credit quality of our assets;
 
  •  deterioration in the carrying value of our other assets, including securities and other assets;
 
  •  difficulties in delivering products to the secondary market as planned;
 
  •  difficulties in expanding our businesses or raising capital and other funding sources as needed;
 
  •  competition from other financial service providers for experienced managers as well as for customers;
 
  •  changes in the value of companies in which we invest;

22


Table of Contents

  •  changes in variable compensation plans related to the performance and valuation of lines of business where we tie compensation systems to line-of-business performance;
 
  •  legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in the interpretation of regulatory capital rules;
 
  •  disclosure or consumer lending rules or rules affecting corporate governance;
 
  •  changes in applicable accounting policies or principles or their application to our business;
 
  •  or governmental changes in monetary or fiscal policies.

      We undertake no obligation to update publicly any of these statements in light of future events, except as required in subsequent periodic reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Consolidated Overview

                                         
2003 % Change 2002 % Change 2001





Net income (millions)
  $ 72.8       36.5 %   $ 53.3       17.2 %   $ 45.5  
Basic earnings per share(1)
    2.61       31.2       1.99       (7.4 )     2.15  
Diluted earnings per share(1)
    2.45       29.6       1.89       (5.5 )     2.00  
Return on average equity
    18.37 %           16.66 %           21.82 %
Return on average assets
    1.40             1.33             1.45  


(1)  Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $1.97 basic and $1.87 diluted. Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $2.14 basic and $1.99 diluted.

Strategy

      Our strategy is to maintain a diverse and balanced revenue stream by focusing on niches in financial services where we believe we can optimize the productivity of our capital and where our experience and expertise can provide a competitive advantage. Our operational objectives are premised on simultaneously achieving three goals: creditworthiness, profitability and growth. We believe we must continually balance these goals in order to deliver long-term value to all of our stakeholders. We have developed a four-part strategy to meet these goals:

  •  Identify underserved niches. We focus on product or market niches in financial services that we believe are underserved and where we believe customers are willing to pay a premium for value-added services. We don’t believe it is necessary to be the largest or leading market share company in any of our product lines, but we do believe it is important that we are viewed as a preferred provider in niche segments of those product offerings.
 
  •  Hire exceptional management with niche expertise. We enter niches only when we have attracted senior managers who have proven track records in the niche for which they are responsible. Each of our five lines of business has a separate management team that operates as an independent business unit responsible for performance goals specific to that particular line of business. Our structure allows the senior managers of each line of business to focus their efforts on understanding their customers and meeting the needs of the markets they serve. This structure also promotes accountability among managers of each enterprise. The senior managers at each of our lines of business and at the parent company have significant industry experience. We attempt to create a mix of short-term and long-term incentives (including, in some instances, minority interests in the line of business) that provide these managers with the incentive to achieve creditworthy, profitable growth over the long term.
 
  •  Diversify capital and earnings risk. We diversify our revenues and allocate our capital across complementary lines of business as a key part of our risk management. Our lines of business are

23


Table of Contents

  cyclical, but when combined in an appropriate mix, we believe they provide sources of diversification and opportunities for growth in a variety of economic conditions. For example, both the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans are very cyclical businesses, which respond in opposite ways to changes in interest rates and show generally opposite effects in certain economic environments. We believe our participation in these markets has been profitable over time due to our dedication to participating in both segments of the mortgage banking business, rather than one or the other, which would otherwise leave us more susceptible to swings in interest rates.
 
  •  Reinvest in new opportunities. We reinvest on an ongoing basis in the development of new and existing opportunities. As a result of our attention to long-term value creation, we believe it is important at times to dampen short-term earnings growth by investing for future return. We are biased toward seeking new growth through organic expansion of existing lines of business. At times we will initiate a new line through a start-up, with highly qualified managers we select to focus on a single line of business. Over the past ten years, we have made only a few acquisitions. Those have typically not been in competitive bidding situations.

      We believe our historical growth and profitability is the result of our endeavors to pursue complementary consumer and commercial lending niches through our bank holding company structure, our experienced management, our diverse product and geographic markets, and our willingness and ability to align the compensation structure of each of our lines of business with the interests of our stakeholders. Through various economic environments and cycles, we have had a relatively stable revenue and earnings stream on a consolidated basis generated primarily through internal growth rather than acquisitions.

Critical Accounting Policies/ Management Judgments and Accounting Estimates

      Accounting estimates are an integral part of our financial statements and are based upon our current judgments. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to the financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting them may differ from our current judgments or that our use of different assumptions could result in materially different estimates. The following is a description of the critical accounting policies we apply to material financial statement items, all of which require the use of accounting estimates and/or judgment:

 
Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights

      Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at the lower of their cost basis or fair value and a valuation allowance is recorded for any stratum that is impaired. We estimate the fair value of the servicing assets each month using a cash flow model to project future expected cash flows based upon a set of valuation assumptions we believe market participants would use for similar assets. The primary assumptions we use for valuing our mortgage servicing assets include prepayment speeds, default rates, cost to service and discount rates. We review these assumptions on a regular basis to ensure that they remain consistent with current market conditions. Additionally, we periodically receive third party estimates of the portfolio value from independent valuation firms. Inaccurate assumptions in valuing mortgage servicing rights could result in additional impairment and adversely affect our results of operations. We also review mortgage servicing rights for other-than-temporary impairment each quarter and recognize a direct write-down when the recoverability of a recorded valuation allowance is determined to be remote. Unlike a valuation allowance, a direct write-down permanently reduces the unamortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the valuation allowance, precluding subsequent reversals. See footnote 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      The allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) reflects our estimate of the adequacy of reserves needed to cover probable loan and lease losses and certain risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The ALLL is an estimate based on our judgment applying the principles of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” In determining a proper level of loss

24


Table of Contents

reserves, management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis based on our past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, levels of delinquencies, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, estimated value of any underlying collateral, changes in underwriting standards, changes in credit concentrations, and current economic and industry conditions.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is assessed for loans we believe to be impaired under SFAS 114. We have defined impairment as nonaccrual loans. An allowance is established when the collateral value, observable market price or discounted cash flows of an impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified impaired loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience and/or expected performance indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio applied against each product type and aging category. The loss ratio is generally based upon historic loss experience for each loan type as adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant. Loans and leases that are determined by management to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance. The allowance is increased by provisions against income and recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off. See the “Credit Risk” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis and footnote 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 
Valuation of Residual Interests

      Residual interests from past securitizations are classified as trading assets and as such, we record them at fair value on the balance sheet. We record the changes in fair value of these residuals as trading gains or losses in our statement of income in the period of change. We use a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of these residuals. Cash flows are projected over the lives of the residuals using prepayment, default, and interest rate assumptions that we believe market participants would use for similar financial instruments. Inaccurate assumptions in valuing residual interests could result in additional impairment and adversely affect our results of operations. See footnote 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 
Accounting for Private Equity Investments

      We account for private equity investments held by our venture capital line of business at fair value, with unrealized and realized gains and losses included in noninterest income as investment securities gains and losses. The fair value of private equity investments (which by their nature are not publicly traded) is estimated based on the investees’ financial results, conditions and prospects, values of comparable public companies, market liquidity and sales restrictions. We assume that cost approximates fair value, unless there is evidence suggesting a revaluation is appropriate. Potential reasons for revaluation include: 1) an anticipated pricing of a company’s future equity financing that would be lower than the previous funding round (although the reverse would not necessarily require an upward adjustment), 2) a significant deterioration in the company’s performance, and 3) a significant reduction in the company’s potential realizable value — for example, if market conditions have caused a meaningful change in the value of peer companies. We may increase the valuation of a private equity investment only if the investee has completed a new equity financing in which a professional investor is investing for the first time at a higher valuation. We believe the values derived from the application of our policy represent fair value for these non-marketable securities.

 
Accounting for Deferred Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the time income or expense items are recognized for book purposes and in our tax return. We make this measurement using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize deferred tax assets based on estimates of future taxable income. Events may occur in the future that could cause the realizability of these deferred tax assets to be in doubt, requiring the need for a valuation allowance.

25


Table of Contents

Consolidated Income Statement Analysis

 
Net Income

      We recorded net income of $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, up 37% from net income of $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, and compared to $45.5 million in 2001. Net income per share (diluted) was $2.45 for the year ended December 31, 2003, up 30% from $1.89 per share in 2002 and up 23% from $2.00 per share in 2001. Return on equity was 18.37% for the year ended December 31, 2003, 16.66% in 2002 and 21.82% in 2001. The effective income tax rate for 2003 was 38.5%, compared to 38.7% in 2002 and 38.9% in 2001.

 
Net Interest Income

      Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $271.9 million, up 27% from 2002 net interest income of $213.6 million and up 84% from 2001. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 5.82% compared to 6.01% in 2002 and 5.35% in 2001. The decline in margin in 2003 relates to the declining interest rate environment relative to 2002 that caused yields on variable rate loans to decline at a more rapid pace than underlying funding sources, some of which (e.g., mortgage escrow deposits) have rates close to zero in any interest rate environment and, therefore, cannot reduce in a declining rate environment. In addition, the average balance on the high-yielding residual interests declined 42% in 2003 due primarily to unrealized trading losses (reflecting valuation impairment) during the first half of 2003. The following tables show our daily average consolidated balance sheet, interest rates and interest differential at the dates indicated:

                                                                             
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Average Yield/ Average Yield/ Average Yield/
Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate









(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
 
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
  $ 74,216     $ 550       0.74 %   $ 25,859     $ 311       1.20 %   $ 64,290     $ 1,927       3.00 %
 
Federal funds sold
    10,824       118       1.10       12,582       104       0.83       17,973       257       1.43  
 
Residual interests
    108,351       20,651       19.06       186,947       34,164       18.27       188,166       32,029       17.02  
 
Investment securities
    68,602       3,723       5.43       39,923       2,809       7.04       35,317       3,228       9.14  
 
Loans held for sale
    1,237,963       104,350       8.43       668,522       55,336       8.28       911,949       102,383       11.23  
 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income(1)
    3,168,776       241,592       7.62       2,620,428       218,718       8.35       1,533,261       128,458       8.38  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 4,668,732     $ 370,984       7.95 %   $ 3,554,261     $ 311,442       8.76 %   $ 2,750,956     $ 268,282       9.75 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                                                       
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 103,581                     $ 100,259                     $ 85,242                  
 
Premises and equipment, net
    32,644                       34,041                       32,727                  
 
Other assets
    440,164                       354,296                       281,904                  
 
Less allowance for loan and lease losses
    (57,986 )                     (37,054 )                     (15,587 )                
     
                     
                     
                 
   
Total assets
  $ 5,187,135                     $ 4,005,803                     $ 3,135,242                  
     
                     
                     
                 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
 
Money market checking
  $ 169,674     $ 913       0.54 %   $ 132,351     $ 664       0.50 %   $ 105,564     $ 1,097       1.04 %
 
Money market savings
    866,241       11,085       1.28       648,706       10,253       1.58       388,432       13,383       3.45  
 
Regular savings
    62,756       1,249       1.99       58,204       1,586       2.72       52,650       1,998       3.79  
 
Time deposits
    992,954       29,118       2.93       1,027,045       41,858       4.08       1,015,105       56,862       5.60  
 
Short-term borrowings
    595,243       14,889       2.50       600,821       15,003       2.50       594,831       29,656       4.99  

26


Table of Contents

                                                                             
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Average Yield/ Average Yield/ Average Yield/
Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate









(Dollars in thousands)
 
Collateralized debt
    578,656       15,369       2.66       215,128       5,932       2.76                    
 
Other long-term debt
    30,060       2,325       7.74       31,985       2,699       8.44       25,517       2,320       9.09  
 
Trust preferred securities distribution
    236,823       24,151       10.20       205,400       19,800       9.64       165,500       15,767       9.53  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 3,532,407     $ 99,099       2.81 %   $ 2,919,640     $ 97,795       3.35 %   $ 2,347,599     $ 121,083       5.16 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
 
Demand deposits
  $ 1,042,403                     $ 577,409                     $ 419,512                  
 
Other liabilities
    216,111                       188,738                       159,553                  
Shareholders’ equity
    396,214                       320,016                       208,578                  
     
                     
                     
                 
   
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 5,187,135                     $ 4,005,803                     $ 3,135,242                  
     
                     
                     
                 
 
Net interest income
          $ 271,885                     $ 213,647                     $ 147,199          
             
                     
                     
         
 
Net interest income to average interest-earning assets
                    5.82 %                     6.01 %                     5.35 %
                     
                     
                     
 


(1)  For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in daily average loan amounts outstanding.

      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                     
For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 Over 2002 2002 Over 2001


Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total






(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Income
                                               
 
Loans and leases
  $ 45,769     $ (22,895 )   $ 22,874     $ 91,084     $ (824 )   $ 90,260  
 
Loans held for sale
    47,134       1,880       49,014       (27,329 )     (19,718 )     (47,047 )
 
Investment securities
    2,018       (1,104 )     914       421       (839 )     (419 )
 
Residual interests
    (14,363 )     850       (13,513 )     (207 )     2,342       2,135  
 
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    581       (342 )     239       (1,152 )     (465 )     (1,616 )
 
Federal funds sold
    (15 )     29       14       (77 )     (76 )     (153 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    81,124       (21,582 )     59,542       62,740       (19,580 )     43,160  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

27


Table of Contents

                                                     
For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 Over 2002 2002 Over 2001


Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total






(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Expense
                                               
 
Money market checking
    187       62       249       278       (711 )     (433 )
 
Money market savings
    3,438       (2,606 )     832       8,968       (12,098 )     (3,130 )
 
Regular savings
    124       (461 )     (337 )     211       (623 )     (412 )
 
Time deposits
    (1,389 )     (11,352 )     (12,741 )     669       (15,672 )     (15,003 )
 
Short-term borrowings
    (139 )     25       (114 )     299       (14,952 )     (14,653 )
 
Collateralized debt
    10,024       (587 )     9,437             5,932       5,932  
 
Other long-term debt
    (162 )     (211 )     (373 )     588       (210 )     378  
 
Trust preferred securities distribution
    3,029       1,322       4,351       3,801       232       4,033  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    15,112       (13,808 )     1,304       14,814       (38,102 )     (23,288 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest income
  $ 66,012     $ (7,774 )   $ 58,238     $ 47,926     $ 18,522     $ 66,448  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The variance not due solely to rate or volume has been allocated on the basis of the absolute relationship between volume and rate variances.

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      The consolidated provision for loan and lease losses for the year 2003 was $47.6 million, compared to $44.0 million and $17.5 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. More information on this subject is contained in the section on credit risk.

 
Noninterest Income

      Noninterest income during the year 2003 totaled $329.3 million, compared to $235.0 million for 2002 and $257.3 million in 2001. The increase in 2003 versus 2002 was primarily a result of a $127 million or 53% increase in gain from sale of loans as a result of increased production and increased secondary market deliveries. In addition, we recorded impairment recovery on our mortgage servicing asset totaling $45 million, versus impairment expense in 2002 of $146 million. Offsetting this was $21 million in derivative losses during 2003, compared to $125 million of derivative gains during 2002. Accordingly, mortgage servicing asset impairment net of derivative gains/ losses was a recovery of $24 million in 2003 compared to a writedown of $21 million in 2002. Also offsetting the increased gain on sale and impairment recovery was amortization expense on our servicing asset that increased 118% to $136 million in 2003 compared to $62 million in 2002. These fluctuations in noninterest income primarily occurred at our mortgage banking line of business and relate to market conditions driven by a low interest rate environment throughout most of 2003 with an increase in rates late in the year. See “Mortgage Banking” section for further discussion.

 
Noninterest Expense

      Noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $435.2 million, compared to $318.4 million and $312.8 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase in consolidated other expense in 2003 is primarily related to higher personnel costs, especially commissions, associated with our increased production at our mortgage banking line of business.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

      Total assets at December 31, 2003 were $5.0 billion, up 2% from December 31, 2002. However, we believe that changes in the average balance sheet are a more accurate reflection of the actual changes in the level of activity on the balance sheet. Average assets for 2003 were $5.2 billion up 29% from December 31,

28


Table of Contents

2002, and up 65% from December 31, 2001. The growth in the consolidated average balance sheet reflects increases in portfolio loans and leases at the commercial banking, home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business. This growth stopped mid-year 2003 because mortgage loans held for sale at the mortgage banking line of business declined as mortgage production decreased.
 
Loans

      Our commercial loans and leases are originated throughout the United States. Equipment loans and leases are also originated in Canada by our commercial finance line of business. At December 31, 2003, 94% of our loan and lease portfolio was associated with our U.S. operations. We also extend credit to consumers nationally through mortgages, installment loans and revolving credit arrangements. The majority of the remaining portfolio consists of residential mortgage loans (1-4 family dwellings) and mortgage loans on commercial property. Loans by major category for the periods presented were as follows:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,503,619     $ 1,347,962     $ 1,055,307     $ 677,066     $ 443,985  
Real estate construction
    306,669       314,851       287,228       220,485       121,803  
Real estate mortgage
    859,541       777,865       490,186       122,301       115,265  
Consumer
    27,370       27,857       38,489       56,785       48,936  
Direct lease financing:
                                       
 
Domestic
    364,413       291,711       232,527       116,867       3,890  
 
Canadian
    207,355       133,784       91,816       72,864        
Unearned income:
                                       
 
Domestic
    (78,875 )     (59,287 )     (44,183 )     (21,570 )     (455 )
 
Canadian
    (29,038 )     (19,467 )     (13,548 )     (9,876 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 3,161,054     $ 2,815,276     $ 2,137,822     $ 1,234,922     $ 733,424  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table shows our contractual maturity distribution of loans at December 31, 2003. Actual principal payments may differ depending on customer prepayments:

                                     
After One
Within But Within After
One Year Five Years Five Years Total




(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 494,904     $ 694,949     $ 313,766     $ 1,503,619  
Real estate construction
    236,662       67,197       2,810       306,669  
Real estate mortgage
    28,743       64,760       766,038       859,541  
Consumer loans
    10,170       14,253       2,947       27,370  
Direct lease financing:
                               
 
Domestic
    15,945       151,455       118,138       285,538  
 
Canadian
    7,363       157,886       13,068       178,317  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 793,787     $ 1,150,500     $ 1,216,767     $ 3,161,054  
     
     
     
     
 
Loans due after one year with:
                               
 
Fixed interest rates
                            893,250  
 
Variable interest rates
                            1,474,017  
                             
 
   
Total
                          $ 2,367,267  
                             
 

29


Table of Contents

 
Loans Held For Sale

      Loans held for sale totaled $0.9 billion at December 31, 2003, a decrease from a balance of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2002. The decrease occurred primarily at our mortgage banking line of business where first mortgage loans held for sale declined from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2002 to $0.7 billion at December 31, 2003. This decline reflects slower refinance activity at the mortgage line of business as a result of increased interest rates in the last quarter of 2003. Included in loans held for sale at the mortgage line of business at December 31, 2003 were $116 million of loans for which we have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase due to default, under the terms of the government servicing agency contracts. Upon default, we have the non-contingent right to repurchase these loans which causes “repurchase accounting” under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” The liability associated with these loans is reflected in “other liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 
Investment Securities

      The following table shows the composition of our investment securities at the dates indicated:

                           
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 20,994     $ 14,992     $ 3,076  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    3,960       4,210       4,425  
Mortgage-backed securities
    2,039       1,738       4,224  
Other
    65,532       47,008       27,071  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 92,525     $ 67,948     $ 38,796  
     
     
     
 

      Included within the “other” category is $63 million, $46 million, and $26 million of FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock at December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, for which there is no readily determinable market value. The following table shows maturity distribution of our investment securities at December 31, 2003:

                                             
After One
Within But Within Five to After
One Year Five Years Ten Years Ten Years Total





(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 20,994     $     $     $     $ 20,994  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    120             220       3,620       3,960  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,338       85       412       204       2,039  
Other
    2,158                   63,374       65,532  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 24,610     $ 85     $ 632     $ 67,198     $ 92,525  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average yield:
                                       
 
Held-to-maturity
    0.94 %     5.95 %     8.02 %     8.55 %        
 
Available-for-sale
    1.64 %     1.44 %                    

      Average yield represents the weighted average yield to maturity computed based on average historical cost balances. The yield information on available-for-sale securities does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

30


Table of Contents

 
Deposits

      Total deposits in 2003 averaged $3.1 billion compared to average deposits in 2002 of $2.4 billion, and average deposits in 2001 of $2.0 billion. Demand deposits in 2003 averaged $1.0 billion, an 81% increase over the 2002 average balance. Demand deposits in 2002 were up 38% on average, or $157.9 million, from 2001. A significant portion of demand deposits is related to deposits at Irwin Union Bank and Trust associated with escrow accounts held on loans in the servicing portfolio at the mortgage banking line of business. During 2003, these escrow accounts averaged $826.2 million compared to a 2002 average of $409.4 million, and a 2001 average of $294.8 million. The increase in average escrow balances in 2003 relates to the mortgage banking line of business’ servicing portfolio that increased from $16.8 billion at December 31, 2002 to $29.6 billion at December 31, 2003, and the heavy volume of mortgage refinances.

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust utilizes institutional broker-sourced deposits as funding from time to time to supplement deposits solicited through branches and other wholesale funding sources. At December 31, 2003, institutional broker-sourced deposits totaled $339.4 million compared to a balance of $337.4 million at December 31, 2002.

      The following table shows maturities of certificates of deposit (CDs) of $100,000 or more, and brokered deposits and core deposits at the dates indicated:

                           
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Under 3 months
  $ 284,095     $ 241,722     $ 335,420  
3 to 6 months
    60,786       116,119       151,924  
6 to 12 months
    98,746       63,742       260,184  
After 12 months
    252,743       280,287       138,059  
     
     
     
 
 
Total CDs
  $ 696,370     $ 701,870     $ 885,587  
     
     
     
 
Brokered deposits
  $ 339,417     $ 337,431     $ 577,297  
     
     
     
 
Core Deposits
  $ 1,752,461     $ 1,516,812     $ 1,135,870  
     
     
     
 

Short-Term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings during 2003 averaged $595.2 million compared to an average of $600.8 million in 2002, and $594.8 million in 2001. Short term borrowings declined to $429.8 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $993.1 million at December 31, 2002. The decrease in year-end balances relates primarily to a corresponding $559.9 million decrease in loans held for sale at the mortgage banking line of business during the same period.

      The following table shows the distribution of our short-term borrowings and the weighted average rates at the dates shown. Also provided are the maximum amount of borrowings and the average amounts of borrowings as well as weighted average interest rates.

                                                   
2003 2002 2001



Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate






(Dollars in thousands)
Lines of Credit and other Borrowings:
                                               
 
At December 31,
  $ 1,057       1.99 %   $ 221,302       2.36 %   $ 75,483       2.95 %
 
Weighted average during the year
    19,214       1.99       133,382       2.95       130,901       5.30  
 
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    67,630               333,927               335,223          

31


Table of Contents

                                                   
2003 2002 2001



Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate






(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings:
                                               
 
At December 31,
  $ 286,000       1.34 %   $ 527,000       1.49 %   $ 212,000       2.15 %
 
Weighted average during the year
    458,167       1.46       238,629       1.95       205,657       4.07  
 
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    977,000               692,000               409,000          
Federal Funds:
                                               
 
At December 31,
  $ 53,600       1.18 %   $ 30,000       1.99 %   $ 35,200       3.40 %
 
Weighted average during the year
    74,708       1.29       38,885       2.31       25,462       3.86  
 
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    290,000               56,000               46,400          
Drafts Payable Related to Mortgage Loan Closings:
                                               
 
At December 31,
  $ 72,686       n/a     $ 200,701       n/a     $ 154,157       n/a  
 
Weighted average during the year
    227,827       n/a       173,708       n/a       216,442       n/a  
 
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    509,501               258,911               497,655          
Commercial Paper:
                                               
 
At December 31,
  $ 16,415       1.28 %   $ 14,121       1.59 %   $ 11,123       2.59 %
 
Weighted average during the year
    15,960       1.37       16,217       2.00       17,609       4.65  
 
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    19,720               18,972               27,965          

Other Long-Term Debt and Collateralized Borrowings

      Other long-term debt totaled $270.2 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $30.1 million at December 31, 2002. This increase is a result of an accounting change related to FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46). We have obligations represented by subordinated debentures at December 31, 2003 totaling $240.1 million and trust preferred securities totaling $233.0 million at December 31, 2002. The trust preferred securities were issued by our wholly-owned trusts that were created for the purpose of issuing these securities. The subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the trusts at December 31, 2003. In accordance with FIN 46, we are deconsolidating the wholly-owned trusts that issued the trust preferred securities. As a result, these securities no longer are consolidated on our balance sheet. Instead, the subordinated debentures held by the trusts are disclosed on the balance sheet as other long-term debt.

      Collateralized borrowings totaled $590.1 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $391.4 million at December 31, 2002 relating to increased securitization activities at the home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business. The securitization structures utilized in 2003 result in loans remaining as assets and collateralized debt being recorded on the balance sheet. This securitization debt represents match-term funding.

Capital

      Shareholders’ equity averaged $396.2 million during 2003, up 24% compared to 2002, and up 90% from 2001. Shareholders’ equity balance of $432.3 million at December 31, 2003 represented $15.36 per common share, compared to $12.98 per common share at December 31, 2002, and compared to $10.81 per common share at year-end 2001. We paid an aggregate of $7.8 million in dividends during 2003, compared to $7.5 million during 2002 and $5.5 million during 2001.

32


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth our capital and capital ratios at the dates indicated:

                             
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Tier 1 capital
  $ 556,793     $ 462,064     $ 295,021  
Tier 2 capital
    183,738       196,092       173,316  
     
     
     
 
   
Total risk-based capital
  $ 740,531     $ 658,156     $ 468,337  
     
     
     
 
Risk-weighted assets
  $ 4,917,622     $ 4,996,891     $ 4,329,973  
Risk-based ratios:
                       
 
Tier 1 capital
    11.4 %     9.3 %     6.8 %
 
Total capital
    15.1       13.2       10.8  
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    11.2       9.7       9.4  
Ending shareholders’ equity to assets
    8.7       7.4       6.7  
Average shareholders’ equity to assets
    7.6       8.0       6.7  

      At December 31, 2003, our total risk-adjusted capital ratio was 15.1% exceeding the 10.0% required to be considered “well-capitalized” by the regulators and our internal minimum target of 11.0%. At December 31, 2002, our total risk-adjusted capital ratio was 13.2%. We were below the 11.0% target at year-end 2001, just prior to our issuance of common stock in early 2002. Our ending equity to assets ratio at December 31, 2003 was 8.7% compared to 7.4% at December 31, 2002. However, as previously discussed, temporary conditions that existed at year end make the average balance sheet ratio a more accurate measure of capital. Our average equity to assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 7.6% compared to 8.0% for the year 2002. Our Tier 1 capital totaled $556.8 million as of December 31, 2003, or 11.4% of risk-weighted assets. The increased equity and capital ratios are reflective of our February 2002 public offering that raised $82.0 million, net of expenses, on the sale of 6,210,000 shares of common stock as well as earnings retention over the past two years.

      We have issued $233.0 million in trust preferred securities through five IFC Capital Trusts and one IFC Statutory Trust as of December 31, 2003. All securities are callable at par after five years. During 2003, 3,300 shares of IFC Capital Trust III were converted to 4,159 common shares. In November 2003, $50 million of trust preferred securities were issued through IFC Statutory Trust. In December 2003, we called IFC Capital Trust I utilizing the proceeds from the November trust preferred issuance. These funds are all Tier 1 qualifying capital under current regulatory guidance (although regulatory treatment for these securities could change — see discussion of FIN 46 in footnote 1). The sole assets of these trusts are our subordinated debentures. As of December 31, 2003, we no longer consolidated these trusts in our consolidated

33


Table of Contents

financial statements. See the discussion in the “Other Long Term Debt and Collateralized Borrowings” section above. Highlights about these trusts are listed below:
                                             
Coupon Rate
at
Origination $ Amount in December 31, Maturity Cumulative
Name Date Thousands 2003 Date Dividend Other







IFC Capital Trust II
    Nov 2000       51,750       10.50       Sep 2030       quarterly      
IFC Capital Trust III
    Nov 2000       51,707       8.75       Sep 2030       quarterly     Initial conversion ratio of 1.261 shares of common stock to 1 convertible security
IFC Capital Trust IV
    Jul 2001       15,000       10.25       Jul 2031       semiannual      
IFC Capital Trust V
    Nov 2001       30,000       9.95       Nov 2031       semiannual      
IFC Capital Trust VI
    Oct 2002       34,500       8.70       Sep 2032       quarterly      
IFC Statutory Trust VII
    Nov 2003       50,000       4.08       Nov 2033       quarterly     Variable rate, LIBOR + 290 basis points
             
                             
            $ 232,957                              
             
                             

      In July 1999, we raised $30 million of 7.58%, 15-year subordinated debt that is callable in 2009 at par. The debt was privately placed. These funds qualify as Tier 2 capital. The securities are not convertible into our common shares.

      In connection with our stock option plans, we repurchased 171 thousand common shares in 2003 with a market value of $4.2 million. In 2002, we repurchased 59 thousand shares with a market value of $1.2 million.

 
Inflation

      Since substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, such as cash, securities, loans and deposits, their values are less sensitive to the effects of inflation than to changes in interest rates. We attempt to control the impact of interest rate fluctuations by managing the relationship between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities and by hedging certain interest sensitive assets with financial derivatives or forward commitments.

Cash Flow Analysis

      Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $17.0 million in 2003 compared to a decrease of $0.5 million during 2002 and an increase of $74.7 million in 2001. Cash flows from operating activities provided $596.9 million in cash and cash equivalents in 2003 compared to 2002 and 2001 when our operations used $646.9 million and $271.6 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents. Changes in loans held for sale impact cash flows from operations. In a period in which loan sales exceed production such as we had in 2003, operating cash flows will increase. In 2003, our loans held for sale decreased $431.0 million, thus increasing the cash provided by operating activities.

Earnings Outlook

      We have not provided quantitative earnings guidance for 2004. As discussed before, our strategy is to balance the impact of changes in interest rates and economic conditions in our mortgage banking production with investments in mortgage servicing and in our credit retained lines of business. These investments will typically respond in an opposite and complementary manner. We expect a higher proportion of 2004 earnings to come from our commercial banking, home equity lending and commercial finance lines of business. We expect these earnings to be more in line with the long-term growth and segment contribution trends we have seen at Irwin Financial, rather than the disproportionate contribution we had from mortgage banking during 2002 and 2003. We believe our credit quality is improving and that our expenses for credit reserves will decline

34


Table of Contents

in 2004, allowing us to increase earnings. These estimates are based on various factors and current assumptions management believes are reasonable, including current industry forecasts of a variety of economic and competitive factors. However, projections are inherently uncertain, and our actual earnings may differ significantly from this estimate due to uncertainties and risks related to our business such as fluctuations in interest rates and other factors mentioned above in the “About Forward-Looking Statements” section. Our transition off securitization gain-on-sale accounting in our home equity line of business has now had a two-year history at the end of 2003. We assume that the completion of this transition, coupled with the projected growth of our other lines of business, will enable us over time to meet or exceed our long-term targets of double digit growth in earnings per share and 15% return on equity, measured over several years.

      A meaningful amount of our earnings comes from activities and mark-to-market accounting requirements tied directly or indirectly to market activities, particularly movements in the bond market (e.g., the valuation of our mortgage servicing portfolio). We attempt to manage the impact of short-term movements in interest rates on the valuation of our mortgage servicing rights through a combination of financial derivatives and the changes in income from production of new mortgages likely to be driven by those same movements in interest rates. However, the correlation within short periods of time (such as a single quarter) between interest rate movements that impact the reported value of our mortgage servicing rights at quarter end and the production effects of those interest rate movements — which may not be reflected until the following quarter — can be low. It is possible, therefore, that our balanced revenue strategy may be successful as measured over several quarters or years, but may have market-based variances if measured over short periods. We also have a large amount of income that is subject to assumptions and pricing for credit risks. We use a variety of methods for estimating the effects of and accounting for credit losses, but ultimately, we need to make estimates based on imperfect knowledge of future events, which may cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. For example, if the pace of economic recovery in the U.S. is slower in 2004 than currently anticipated by consensus estimates, our credit related costs may increase beyond our current estimates.

Summary of Quarterly Financial Data

                                     
2003

Fourth Third Second First
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter




(Dollars in thousands)
Summary Income Statement Information
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 84,372     $ 98,880     $ 98,851     $ 88,882  
 
Interest expense
    (24,472 )     (23,247 )     (26,890 )     (24,490 )
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (9,928 )     (14,778 )     (13,634 )     (9,243 )
 
Noninterest income
    80,407       105,024       74,269       69,599  
 
Noninterest expense
    (103,603 )     (114,767 )     (111,230 )     (105,600 )
 
Income taxes
    (10,080 )     (19,994 )     (8,139 )     (7,372 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net Income
  $ 16,696     $ 31,118     $ 13,227     $ 11,776  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Earnings per share:
                               
   
Basic(1)
  $ 0.60     $ 1.11     $ 0.47     $ 0.42  
   
Diluted(1)
    0.56       1.03       0.45       0.41  

35


Table of Contents

                                     
2002

Fourth Third Second First
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter




(Dollars in thousands)
Summary Income Statement Information
                               
 
Interest income
  $ 89,274     $ 83,613     $ 71,019     $ 67,537  
 
Interest expense
    (25,001 )     (26,211 )     (23,381 )     (23,202 )
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (8,587 )     (15,577 )     (9,500 )     (10,332 )
 
Noninterest income
    87,409       49,171       47,063       51,353  
 
Noninterest expense
    (98,606 )     (77,788 )     (72,140 )     (69,882 )
 
Income taxes
    (17,286 )     (5,015 )     (5,075 )     (6,023 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in Accounting principle
    27,203       8,193       7,986       9,451  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting Principle
                      495  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net Income
  $ 27,203     $ 8,193     $ 7,986     $ 9,946  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Earnings per share:
                               
   
Basic(1)
  $ 0.98     $ 0.30     $ 0.29     $ 0.41 (2)
   
Diluted(1)
    0.92       0.29       0.28       0.39 (2)


(1)  Our quarterly earnings per share are based on actual quarterly data and may not add up exactly to year-to-date earnings per share due to rounding.
 
(2)  Earnings per share of common stock before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for the three- month period ended March 31, 2002 was $0.39 basic and $0.37 diluted.

Earnings by Line of Business

      Irwin Financial Corporation is composed of five principal lines of business:

  •  Mortgage Banking
 
  •  Commercial Banking
 
  •  Home Equity Lending
 
  •  Commercial Finance
 
  •  Venture Capital

      The following table summarizes our net income (loss) by line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss):
                       
 
Mortgage Banking
  $ 78,100     $ 44,543     $ 38,100  
 
Commercial Banking
    22,477       16,085       8,918  
 
Home Equity Lending
    (19,890 )     1,005       16,248  
 
Commercial Finance
    1,793       (58 )     (2,878 )
 
Venture Capital
    (1,708 )     (2,483 )     (6,506 )
 
Other (including consolidating entries)
    (7,955 )     (5,764 )     (8,366 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
     
     
     
 

36


Table of Contents

Mortgage Banking

      The following table shows selected financial information for our mortgage banking line of business:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 72,311     $ 41,545     $ 30,261     $ 15,401     $ 21,745  
(Provision for) recovery of loan losses
    (664 )     (354 )     31       357       (1,998 )
Noninterest income
    326,000       207,177       185,251       118,293       149,590  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenue
    397,647       248,368       215,543       134,051       169,337  
Operating expense
    267,880       175,277       153,706       112,506       133,485  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before taxes
    129,767       73,091       61,837       21,545       35,852  
Income taxes
    51,667       28,548       23,912       8,539       12,789  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    78,100       44,543       37,925       13,006       23,063  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting Principle
                175              
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 78,100     $ 44,543     $ 38,100     $ 13,006     $ 23,063  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                                       
 
Total assets
  $ 1,258,641     $ 1,631,406     $ 926,946     $ 522,349     $ 549,966  
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
    679,360       1,239,309       502,086       249,580       277,614  
 
Mortgage servicing assets
    348,174       146,398       211,201       121,555       132,648  
 
Deposits
    567,047       581,425       360,523       158,416       149,419  
 
Short-term debt
    214,877       809,921       385,640       215,826       217,691  
 
Shareholder’s equity
    122,671       100,069       63,150       47,828       98,556  
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
 
Mortgage loan originations
  $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875     $ 9,225,991     $ 4,091,573     $ 5,876,750  
 
Servicing portfolio:
                                       
 
Balance at end of period
    29,640,122       16,792,669       12,875,532       9,196,513       10,448,112  
   
Weighted average coupon rate
    5.83 %     6.59 %     7.23 %     7.76 %     7.51%  
   
Weighted average servicing fee
    0.33       0.37       0.45       0.43       0.44  
 
Servicing sold as a % of originations
    6.2       31.1       29.9       108.0       85.4  
 
Overview

      In our mortgage banking line of business, we originate, purchase, sell and service primarily conventional and government agency-backed residential mortgage loans throughout the United States. We also engage in the business of mortgage reinsurance. Because most of our first mortgage originations either are insured by an agency of the federal government, such as the FHA or the VA, or, in the case of conventional mortgages, meet requirements for sale to FNMA, the FHLMC or the FHLB, we are able to remove substantially all of the credit risk of these loans from our balance sheet. We securitize and sell mortgage loans to institutional and private investors and usually retain the servicing rights. Loan origination demand and servicing values react in opposite directions to interest rate change as explained below. We believe this balance between mortgage loan originations and mortgage loan servicing assists in managing the risk from interest rate changes, which has helped stabilize our revenue stream.

      Our mortgage banking line of business is currently our largest contributor to net revenue, comprising 72% of our total net revenues in 2003, compared to 61% in 2002 and 56% in 2001. Our mortgage banking line of business contributed 107% of our net income for 2003, compared to 84% in both 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Our channels for originating loans consist primarily of retail, wholesale, and correspondent lending. The retail channel originates loans through branches and identifies potential borrowers mainly through relationships maintained with housing intermediaries, such as realtors, homebuilders and brokers. Our wholesale and

37


Table of Contents

correspondent divisions purchase loans from third party sources. The wholesale division purchases primarily from mortgage loan brokers and issues loan proceeds directly to the borrower. Our correspondent lending division, launched in the fourth quarter of 2002, purchases closed mortgage loans primarily from small mortgage banks and retail banks. This division accounted for 28% of originations in 2003, compared to only 1% in 2002. We fund our mortgage loan originations using internal funding sources and through credit facilities provided by third parties. Generally within a 30-day period after funding, we sell our mortgage loan originations into the secondary mortgage market by either direct loan sales or by securitization. Our secondary market sources include government-sponsored mortgage entities, nationally sponsored mortgage conduits, and institutional and private investors.

      As mentioned, we believe there is a balance between mortgage loan originations and mortgage loan servicing that assists in managing the risk from interest rate changes and the impact of rate changes on each part of the business. In rising interest rate environments, originations typically decline, while the unrealized value of our mortgage servicing portfolio generally increases as prepayment expectations decline. In declining interest rate environments, servicing values typically decrease as prepayment expectations increase, while the economic value of our mortgage production franchise generally increases due to the potential for greater mortgage loan originations. However, the offsetting impact of changes in production income and servicing values may not always be recognized in the same quarter under generally accepted accounting principles, causing greater volatility in short-term results than is apparent in longer-term measurements such as annual income. We sell servicing rights periodically for many reasons, including revenue recognition, cash flow, capital management, and servicing portfolio management. Servicing rights sales occur at the time the underlying loans are sold to an investor (in flow sales) or in pools from our seasoned servicing portfolio (in bulk sales).

 
Strategy

      Our mortgage banking line of business focuses primarily on first-time homeowners, who we believe will increase in number in coming years due to certain national demographic trends that are favorable to housing formation in our target markets. The mortgage banking business is cyclical, following changes in interest rates. In our mortgage banking line of business we do not try to anticipate the timing of changes in interest rates, but instead we have developed a strategy intended to maintain profitability across interest rate cycles. Our strategy has three components:

  •  We manage our loan production activities through the expansion or contraction of existing channels in geographic markets and demographic groups that support our strategy, and serving intermediaries (such as some brokers, correspondents and credit unions) that value our mortgage bank’s service-oriented approach to lending.
 
  •  We are continuing our process improvement initiative to increase profit margins across the interest rate cycle by reducing fixed costs associated with processing and securitizing mortgage loans. This initiative includes redesigning our work flow so that we process, underwrite, and close loans in more centralized and automated environments.
 
  •  We are more likely to retain servicing rights in periods of low interest rates and more likely to sell these servicing rights during periods of high interest rates. This strategy gives us the flexibility to invest in servicing rights during periods of relatively high production when servicing values tend to be low and sell the servicing during periods of lower production when servicing values tend to be high.

 
Net Income

      Net income from mortgage banking for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $78.1 million, compared to $44.5 million during 2002, an increase of 75% and an increase of 105% over 2001 results of $38.1 million. These increases primarily relate to increased production as a result of a declining interest rate environment, as well as net improvement of the servicing portfolio.

38


Table of Contents

      The following table shows the composition of our originations by loan categories for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Total originations
  $ 22,669,246     $ 11,411,875     $ 9,225,991  
Percent retail loans
    26.3 %     34.2 %     35.7 %
Percent wholesale loans
    42.4       59.1       59.7  
Percent brokered(1)
    3.6       5.5       4.6  
Percent correspondent
    27.7       1.2        
Percent refinances
    67.0       61.1       54.1  


(1)  Brokered loans are loans we originate for which we receive loan origination fees, but which are funded, closed and owned by unrelated third parties.

      Mortgage loan originations for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $22.7 billion, up 99% from the same period in 2002 as a result of the declining interest rate environment. Refinanced loans accounted for 67% of loan production for 2003 compared to 61% in 2002 and 54% in 2001. As a result of declining interest rates during most of 2002, our mortgage banking line of business experienced an increase in loan originations in 2002 compared to 2001. Loan originations in 2002 were $11.4 billion, up 24% from 2001.

 
Net Revenue

      Mortgage banking net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $397.6 million, compared to $248.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, and $215.5 million in 2001. The following table sets forth certain information regarding net revenue for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 72,311     $ 41,545     $ 30,261  
(Provision for) recovery of loan losses
    (664 )     (354 )     31  
Gain on sales of loans
    327,864       200,204       161,089  
Servicing fees
    83,124       58,316       52,837  
Amortization expense
    (118,920 )     (55,097 )     (34,660 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
    45,456       (143,376 )     (11,321 )
(Loss) gain on derivatives
    (21,307 )     125,586       3,846  
(Loss) gain on sales of servicing assets
    (305 )     14,842       8,394  
Other income
    10,088       6,702       5,066  
     
     
     
 
Total net revenue
  $ 397,647     $ 248,368     $ 215,543  
     
     
     
 

      Net interest income is generated from the interest earned on mortgage loans before they are sold to investors, less the interest expense incurred on borrowings to fund the loans. Net interest income for the year 2003 totaled $72.3 million, compared to $41.5 million in 2002, and $30.3 million in 2001. The increases in net interest income in 2003 and 2002 are a result of increased production related to the favorable interest rate environment. In addition, the relative contribution of net interest income to total revenues has increased as a result of the development of our correspondent channel where the bulk of net revenues comes from the warehousing process and where production fees are of lesser importance to profitability as compared to the retail and wholesale channels.

      Gain on sale of loans includes the valuation of newly created mortgage servicing rights and net loan origination fees and is recognized when loans are pooled and sold into the secondary mortgage market. Also included in gain on sale of loans are fair value adjustments to forward contracts and interest rate lock

39


Table of Contents

commitments. Gain on sale of loans for the year ended 2003 totaled $327.9 million, compared to $200.2 million in 2002, an increase of 64%. Gain on sale of loans for the year ended December 31, 2001 totaled $161.1 million. The increases in 2002 and 2003 are a result of increased originations and secondary market activity during these years as a result of the favorable interest rate environment.

      Servicing fee income is recognized by collecting fees, which normally range between 25 and 44 basis points annually on the principal amount of the underlying mortgages. Servicing fee income totaled $83.1 million for the year of 2003, an increase of 43% from 2002 and an increase of 57% from 2001, primarily reflecting the growth in the servicing portfolio over the last two years.

      Amortization expense relates to mortgage servicing rights and is based on the proportion of current net servicing cash flows to the total expected for the estimated lives of the underlying loans. Amortization expense totaled $118.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $55.1 million during 2002 and $34.7 million during 2001. This increase relates to the increase in the underlying servicing portfolio, the shortening of estimated lives due to decreases in interest rates, and an enhancement we made to our mortgage asset amortization methodology commencing at the beginning of 2003. The methodology enhancement better aligns the amortization with prepayment speeds.

      Impairment expense is recorded when the book value of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the fair market value on a strata by strata basis. Impairment recovery totaled $45.5 million during 2003, compared to impairment expense of $143.4 million during 2002 and $11.3 million in 2001. The impairment reversal recorded in 2003 was somewhat offset by derivative losses of $21.3 million during the same period. Net derivative gains of $125.6 million were recorded during 2002. At December 31, 2003, the mortgage line of business held $8 billion notional amount of Eurodollar future contracts and $10 billion notional amount in interest rate swaptions to manage the risk of our servicing assets. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk. The current risk management activities of the mortgage bank related to servicing assets do not satisfy the criteria for “hedge accounting” under SFAS 133. As a result, these derivatives are accounted for as “other assets” and “other liabilities,” and changes in fair value are adjusted through earnings as derivative gains (losses), while the underlying servicing asset is accounted for on a strata-by-strata basis at the lower of cost or market. See our discussion of “Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Risk Management section for additional information on our risk management activities.

      In the fourth quarter of 2003, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment adjustment of $38 million to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights, net of amortization, and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to be recovered in market value. There was no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affected only balance sheet accounts. However, the write-down will result in a reduction of amortization expense and potentially reduced recovery of impairment in future periods.

      Our mortgage banking business maintains the flexibility either to sell servicing for current cash flow or to retain servicing for future cash flow through the retention of ongoing servicing fees. Total servicing sales represented 6% of loan originations in 2003, compared to 31% in 2002, and 30% in 2001. The decision to sell or retain servicing is based on current market conditions for servicing assets, loan origination levels and production expenses, servicing portfolio management considerations, consolidated capital constraints and the general level of risk tolerance of the mortgage banking line of business and the Corporation. We sold $0.6 billion of servicing in 2003, generating a $0.3 million pre-tax loss. This compares to servicing sales of $2.9 billion in 2002, producing a $14.8 million pre-tax gain. In 2001, servicing sales totaled $2.3 billion producing an $8.4 million pre-tax gain. Over the past few years, we have built our servicing portfolio in anticipation of rising interest rates that would result in lower mortgage loan production.

40


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

      The following table sets forth operating expenses for our mortgage banking line of business for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 82,120     $ 62,010     $ 52,266  
Incentive and commission pay
    79,956       47,137       44,634  
Other expenses
    105,804       66,130       56,806  
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 267,880     $ 175,277     $ 153,706  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    2,175       1,858       1,533  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis.

      Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $267.9 million, a 53% increase over the year 2002, and a 74% increase over 2001. Salaries and employee benefits including incentive and commission pay increased 48% in 2003 over 2002 and 67% over 2001. These fluctuations reflect a significant increase in mortgage production activities since 2001.

 
Mortgage Servicing

      The following table shows information about our managed mortgage servicing portfolio, including mortgage loans held for sale, for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Portfolio in billions)
Beginning servicing portfolio
  $ 16.8     $ 12.9     $ 9.2  
 
Mortgage loan closings
    21.9       10.8       8.8  
 
Sales
    (0.6 )     (2.9 )     (2.3 )
 
Run-off(1)
    (8.5 )     (4.0 )     (2.8 )
     
     
     
 
Ending servicing portfolio
  $ 29.6     $ 16.8     $ 12.9  
     
     
     
 
Number of loans (end of period)
    229,983       137,738       123,291  
Average loan size
  $ 128,880     $ 121,917     $ 104,432  
Weighted average coupon
    5.83 %     6.59 %     7.23 %
Percent GNMA and state housing programs
    26 %     37 %     60 %
Percent conventional and other
    74       63       40  
Delinquency ratio
    4.6       5.3       7.8  
Mortgage servicing assets to related servicing portfolio (2)
    1.19       0.88       1.79  


(1)  Run-off is primarily the reduction in principal balance of the servicing portfolio due to regular principal payments made by mortgagees and early repayments of entire loans.
 
(2)  For this calculation, deferred service release premiums on warehouse loans are excluded from mortgage servicing assets and loans held for sale (i.e. warehouse loans) are excluded from the servicing portfolio.

      Our mortgage servicing portfolio, including mortgage loans held for sale, totaled $29.6 billion at December 31, 2003, a 76% increase from the December 31, 2002 balance of $16.8 billion, and up 130% from the same date in 2001. These increases since 2001 reflect the strong mortgage production we have experienced along with greater retention of servicing on loans sold over the past two years. We believe that the relative growth of the conventional portion of the portfolio is the result of heavy refinance activity since 2001 as

41


Table of Contents

conventional loans have made up a higher than normal portion of our originations. We believe that over time our production strategy will favor a servicing portfolio with a heavier weighting in GNMA and state housing programs than we had at the end of 2003.

      We record originated mortgage servicing assets at allocated cost basis when the loans are sold and record purchased servicing assets at fair value. Thereafter, servicing assets are accounted for at the lower of their cost or fair value. We record a valuation allowance for any impairment on a strata-by-strata basis. We determine fair value on a monthly basis based on a discounted cash flow analysis. These cash flows are projected over the life of the servicing using prepayment, default, discount rate and cost to service assumptions that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. We then assess these modeled assumptions for reasonableness through independent third-party valuations and through the use of industry surveys. At December 31, 2003, we estimated the fair value of these assets to be $358.9 million in the aggregate, or $10.7 million greater than the carrying value on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2002, we estimated the fair value of these assets to be $150.8 million in the aggregate, or $4.4 million greater than the carrying value on the balance sheet.

Commercial Banking

      The following table shows selected financial information for our commercial banking line of business:

                                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 112,679     $ 110,107     $ 104,514     $ 82,680     $ 54,452  
Interest expense
    33,663       40,253       53,515       44,268       23,525  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    79,016       69,854       50,999       38,412       30,927  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    5,913       9,812       7,900       2,933       1,813  
Noninterest income
    21,070       16,081       14,981       12,006       11,797  
Operating expense
    56,699       50,029       43,482       35,805       29,080  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before taxes
    37,474       26,094       14,598       11,680       11,831  
Income taxes
    14,997       10,009       5,680       4,590       4,486  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 22,477     $ 16,085     $ 8,918     $ 7,090     $ 7,345  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,203,965     $ 1,969,956     $ 1,648,294     $ 1,167,559     $ 789,560  
Loans
    1,988,633       1,823,304       1,514,957       1,067,980       720,493  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    22,055       20,725       14,644       9,228       7,375  
Deposits
    1,964,274       1,733,864       1,456,376       998,855       710,899  
Shareholders’ equity
    162,050       154,423       129,179       68,539       63,678  
Daily Averages:
                                       
Assets
  $ 2,119,944     $ 1,802,896     $ 1,402,589     $ 956,744     $ 682,632  
Loans
    1,914,608       1,693,426       1,276,003       879,875       600,877  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    21,895       17,823       11,038       8,133       7,317  
Deposits
    1,894,406       1,583,926       1,253,725       851,386       619,308  
Shareholders’ equity
    147,886       140,249       85,312       57,214       52,867  
Shareholders’ equity to assets
    6.98 %     7.78 %     6.08 %     5.98 %     7.74 %

42


Table of Contents

Overview

      Our commercial banking line of business focuses on providing credit, cash management and personal banking products to small businesses and business owners. We offer commercial banking services through our banking subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, an Indiana state-chartered commercial bank, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank.

Strategy

      Our strategy is to provide superior service to our existing small business customers and to expand those services into selected new markets. We target metropolitan markets with strong economies where we believe recent bank consolidation has negatively impacted customers. We believe this consolidation has led to disenchantment with the delivery of financial services to the small business community among both the owners of those small businesses and the senior banking officers who had been providing services to them. In markets that management identifies as attractive opportunities, the bank seeks to hire senior commercial loan officers and cash management personnel who have strong local ties and who can focus on providing personalized services to small businesses in that market. We did not open operations in new markets in the 2001 to 2003 period, concentrating instead on growing our presence in the markets we had entered a few years earlier. Having integrated into our operations the new markets we opened in the late 1990s, we are once again looking at market expansion opportunities. Our strategy is to expand only in markets that satisfy the following criteria:

  •  the market is a metropolitan area with attractive business demographics and diversification displaying evidence of sustainable growth;
 
  •  recent banking merger and acquisition activity has occurred in the market where management believes that the acquiror is viewed by customers as an outsider and/or not responsive to local small business needs; and
 
  •  we are able to attract experienced, senior banking staff to manage the new market.

      We expect consolidation to continue in the banking and financial services industry and plan to capitalize on the opportunities brought about in this environment by continuing the bank’s growth strategy for small business banking in new markets throughout the United States. Our focus will be to provide personalized banking services to small businesses, using experienced staff with a strong presence in cities affected by the industry-wide consolidations. In addition to its market expansion, our commercial bank continues to develop its banking, insurance, and investment products to provide a full range of financial services to its small business customers.

      On average, we anticipate our de novo banking offices will break even approximately 18 months after they are opened, and we estimate that a banking office will achieve targeted levels of profitability in approximately five years in an average market. Some markets will experience growth and profitability at greater or lesser rates than we currently expect because of many factors, including execution of our strategy, accuracy in assessing market potential, and success in recruiting senior lenders, cash management officers, and other staff. Over time, we may choose to leave certain markets if these factors limit profitability. Our expansion into new markets is subject to regulatory approval.

43


Table of Contents

      The following tables show the geographic composition of our commercial banking loans and our core deposits:

                                                   
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



Loans Percent Loans Percent Loans Percent
Outstanding of Total Outstanding of Total Outstanding of Total






(Dollars in thousands)
Southern Indiana
  $ 574,286       28.9 %   $ 553,592       30.4 %   $ 566,601       37.4 %
Indianapolis MSA
    326,357       16.4       267,508       14.7       232,576       15.4  
Markets entered since 1999(1)
    1,087,990       54.7       1,002,204       54.9       715,780       47.2  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,988,633       100.0 %   $ 1,823,304       100.0 %   $ 1,514,957       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                   
Core Percent Core Percent Core Percent
Deposits of Total Deposits of Total Deposits of Total






Southern Indiana
  $ 1,001,613       57.1 %   $ 918,528       60.5 %   $ 795,117       70.0 %
Indianapolis MSA
    92,920       5.3       140,712       9.3       67,003       5.9  
Markets entered since 1999(1)
    658,225       37.6       457,572       30.2       273,750       24.1  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,752,758       100.0 %   $ 1,516,812       100.0 %   $ 1,135,870       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Includes offices in Kalamazoo, Grandville (near Grand Rapids), Traverse City and Lansing, Michigan; Clayton, Missouri (near St. Louis); Louisville, Kentucky; Salt Lake City, Utah; Las Vegas and Carson City, Nevada; and Phoenix, Arizona.

 
Net Income

      Commercial banking net income increased to $22.5 million during 2003 up 39.7%, compared to $16.1 million in 2002, and up 152.0% compared to 2001 net income of $8.9 million.

 
Net Interest Income

      The following table shows information about net interest income for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 79,016     $ 69,854     $ 50,999  
Average interest earning assets
    2,046,658       1,745,816       1,347,327  
Net interest margin
    3.86 %     4.00 %     3.79 %

      Net interest income was $79.0 million, an increase of 13% over 2002, and an increase of 55% from 2001. The improvement in net interest income resulted from an increase in our commercial banking loan portfolio as a result of growth and expansion efforts. Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets. Net interest margin during 2003 was 3.86%, compared to 4.00% in 2002, and 3.79% in 2001. The reduction in 2003 margin is due primarily to the fact that the commercial bank has been negatively impacted by repricing a significant portion of its commercial loan portfolio, which is tied to the prime rate, in advance of corresponding declines in its funding base, which is more closely tied to market-driven rate indices such as the London InterBank Offering Rate (LIBOR), as well as slower than anticipated loan growth which led to greater than planned excess liquidity in 2003.

44


Table of Contents

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      Provision for loan and lease losses declined to $5.9 million in 2003, compared to provisions of $9.8 million and $7.9 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The declining provision relates to a combination of improving economic conditions, significantly lower loan growth, improved overall loan quality, successful workouts of several nonperforming loans in 2003, and a lower level of potential loss exposure. See further discussion in “Credit Quality” section later in this document.

 
Noninterest Income

      The following table shows the components of noninterest income for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Trust fees
  $ 1,817     $ 1,933     $ 2,212  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    5,095       4,775       3,565  
Insurance commissions, fees and premiums
    2,009       1,705       1,776  
Gain from sales of loans
    7,814       5,167       2,728  
Loan servicing fees
    1,237       945       708  
Amortization of servicing assets
    (2,705 )     (1,609 )     (936 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
    744       (1,574 )      
Brokerage fees
    1,264       1,236       1,554  
Other
    3,795       3,503       3,374  
     
     
     
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 21,070     $ 16,081     $ 14,981  
     
     
     
 
Total noninterest income to total net revenues
    22 %     21 %     26 %

      Noninterest income during 2003 increased 31% over 2002 and 41% over 2001. This increase was due primarily to higher gains from sales of loans related to increased mortgage production and increased fee income on deposit accounts related to new fee structures put into place in mid-2001. These increases were partially offset by increased amortization charges recorded against mortgage servicing assets in this line of business. The commercial banking line of business has a first mortgage servicing portfolio that has increased to $448 million, principally a result of mortgage loan production in its south-central Indiana markets. Those servicing rights are carried on the balance sheet at the lower of cost or market, estimated at December 31, 2003, to be $3.5 million.

 
Operating Expenses

      The following table shows the components of operating expenses for our commercial banking line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 34,853     $ 29,896     $ 25,411  
Other expenses
    21,846       20,133       18,071  
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 56,699     $ 50,029     $ 43,482  
     
     
     
 
Efficiency ratio
    56.7 %     58.2 %     65.9 %
Number of employees at period end(1)
    493       454       470  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis

45


Table of Contents

      Operating expenses during 2003 totaled $56.7 million, an increase of 13% over 2002, and an increase of 30% from 2001. Net revenues increased 24% in 2003 compared to 2002 and increased 62% over 2001. Operating expenses have increased at a slower rate than net revenues due to improved operating efficiency.

 
Balance Sheet

      Total assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 averaged $2.1 billion compared to $1.8 billion in 2002, and $1.4 billion in 2001. Average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $2.0 billion compared to $1.7 billion in 2002, and $1.3 billion in 2001. The most significant component of the increase was an increase in commercial loans as a result of the commercial bank’s continued growth and expansion efforts into new markets. Average core deposits for the year totaled $1.7 billion, an increase of 12% over average core deposits in 2002 of $1.5 billion, and an increase of 59% from 2001.

 
Credit Quality

      The increase in nonperforming loans reflects cash flow difficulties of our borrowers which jeopardizes their ability to make payments on all principal and interest amounts owed. Four large relationships comprise $16.4 million or 64% of nonperforming loans that are well-collateralized and represent minimal potential loss exposure. Despite the increase in nonperforming loans, we believe overall loan loss exposure declined in 2003. The decline in the allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans reflects our belief that overall loss experience has declined due to improving economic conditions, significantly lower loan growth, improved overall loan quality and successful workouts of several nonperforming loans in 2003. The allowance levels in 2002 reflected management’s assessment of increasing potential loss exposure in the loan portfolio during a period of economic uncertainty. Nonperforming loans are not significantly concentrated in any industry category. The following table shows information about our nonperforming assets in this line of business and our allowance for loan losses:

                         
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans
  $ 25,614     $ 14,970     $ 7,077  
Other real estate owned
    995       96       100  
     
     
     
 
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 26,609     $ 15,066     $ 7,177  
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.21 %     0.76 %     0.44 %
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 22,055     $ 20,725     $ 14,644  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.11 %     1.14 %     0.97 %
For the Period Ended:
                       
Provision for loan losses
  $ 5,913     $ 9,812     $ 7,900  
Net charge-offs
  $ 4,583     $ 3,731     $ 2,484  
Net charge-offs to average loans
    0.24 %     0.22 %     0.19 %

46


Table of Contents

Home Equity Lending

      The following table shows selected financial information for the home equity lending line of business:

                                             
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 106,545     $ 94,068     $ 61,803     $ 35,864     $ 18,852  
Provision for loan losses
    (29,575 )     (25,596 )     (2,320 )     (461 )      
Noninterest income
    (19,525 )     11,791       64,786       68,044       31,714  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net revenues
    57,445       80,263       124,269       103,447       50,566  
Operating expenses
    90,538       78,588       97,189       72,623       35,557  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before taxes
    (33,093 )     1,675       27,080       30,824       15,009  
 
Income taxes
    (13,203 )     670       10,832       12,330       2,403  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,890 )   $ 1,005     $ 16,248     $ 18,494     $ 12,606  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 1,070,634     $ 939,494     $ 602,226     $ 550,526     $ 339,640  
Home equity loans
    692,637 (1)     626,355 (1)     346,192       4,510       1,904  
Allowance for loan losses
    29,251       21,689       2,220       500        
Home equity loans held for sale
    202,627       75,540             330,208       231,382  
Residual assets
    70,519 (2)     157,065 (2)     199,071       152,614       57,833  
Short-term debt
    368,640       201,328       138,527       163,732       260,184  
Collateralized borrowings
    460,535       391,425                    
Shareholders’ equity
    128,555       155,831       135,493       99,586       58,733  
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Loan volume:
                                       
 
Lines of credit
    324,094       443,323       317,579       629,906       93,185  
 
Loans
    809,222       623,903       831,830       596,049       346,322  
Total managed portfolio balance at end of period
    1,513,289       1,830,339       2,064,542       1,625,719       777,934  
Delinquency ratio
    5.9 %     6.0 %     5.1 %     4.4 %     2.1 %
Total managed portfolio including credit risk sold at end of period
  $ 2,568,356     $ 2,502,685     $ 2,317,975     $ 1,825,527     $ 842,403  
Weighted average coupon rate:
                                       
 
Lines of credit
    9.71 %     10.79 %     11.11 %     14.04 %     12.72 %
 
Loans
    12.07       13.50       13.38       13.09       12.33  
Gain on sale of loans to loans sold
    3.81       4.70       8.47       6.06       5.57  
Net home equity charge-offs to average managed portfolio
    4.40       2.90       1.82       0.57       0.36  


(1)  Includes $478.7 and $392.4 million of collateralized loans at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, as part of securitized financings.
 
(2)  Includes $12.4 million and $82.5 million of residual assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, that would be considered credit-enhancing interest-only strips (CEIOS) under federal banking regulations.

47


Table of Contents

 
Overview

      Our home equity lending line of business originates, purchases, securitizes, sells and services a variety of home equity lines of credit and fixed-rate home equity loan products nationwide. We market our home equity products (generally using second mortgage liens) through a combination of direct mail, brokers, the Internet and correspondent channels. We target creditworthy homeowners who are active credit users. Customers are underwritten using proprietary models based on several criteria, including the customers’ previous use of credit.

 
Strategy

      We offer home equity loans with combined loan-to-value (CLTV) ratios of up to 125% of their collateral value. Home equity loans are priced taking into account, among other factors, the credit history of our customer and the relative loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of the loan at origination. For example, everything being equal, those loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 100% (high LTV or HLTVs) are priced with higher coupons than home equity loans with loan-to-value ratios less than 100% to compensate for increased expected losses through default. For the year ended December 31, 2003, HLTV home equity loans made up 53% of our loan originations and 64% of our managed portfolio. In an effort to reduce portfolio concentration risk and to comply with existing banking regulations, we have in place policies governing the size of our investment in loans secured by real estate where the LTV is greater than 90%. In accordance with regulatory guidance set forth in Supervision and Regulation Letter 01-4 and in consultation with our banking regulators, we made a risk-weighting adjustment in our regulatory Consolidated Report of Condition and Income, beginning with the third quarter of 2003. This adjustment reflects a risk-weighting of 200 percent for certain HLTV assets (approximately $235 million at December 31, 2003) that are described in the guidance as “subprime.”

      For most of our home equity product offerings, we offer customers the choice to accept an early repayment fee in exchange for a lower interest rate. A typical early repayment option provides for a fee equal to up to six months’ interest that is payable if the borrower chooses to repay the loan during the first three to five years of its term. Approximately 83%, or $1.3 billion, of our home equity managed portfolio at December 31, 2003, has early repayment provisions.

      Generally we either sell loans through whole loan sales or we fund these loans on balance sheet through warehouse lines or secured, term financings. In addition to loan sales, from time to time we have sold loans and will continue to consider the sale of certain assets such as residual assets and mortgage servicing rights. We balance a desire to build our loan portfolio with cash flow and profit targets, as well as a desire to manage our capital accounts. Our long-term targets for whole loan sales are in the 50-75% range. We generally retain the servicing rights for the loans we sell. To address new regulatory capital rules, in 2002 we began using securitizations accounted for as on-balance sheet financing as well as whole loan sales, while eliminating our use of securitization structures requiring gain-on-sale accounting and the creation of residual interests.

      We responded to economic weakness and rising consumer delinquencies and defaults by implementing a new origination and underwriting strategy in late 2002. Our objective was to increase focus on customers whose credit history would suggest lower risk of default on loans we extended. It is our expectation that over time, our loss rates on this new production will be lower than that for our production up to that point and our

48


Table of Contents

overall risk-adjusted profitability will improve. The table below illustrates the impact of these underwriting changes by comparing operations in 2003 versus 2002.
                   
For the Year Ended

December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Total Originations
  $ 1,133,316     $ 1,067,227  
Weighted Average Coupon
    9.71 %     12.18 %
 
• Loans up to 100% CLTV
    9.25       11.09  
 
• Lines of credit up to 100% CLTV
    7.25       8.79  
 
• Loans up to 125% CLTV
    11.41       14.46  
 
• Lines of credit up to 125% CLTV
    10.86       12.66  
 
• First mortgage loans up to 100% LTV
    7.30       8.05  
Weighted Average FICO score
    682       668  
 
• Loans up to 100% CLTV
    679       660  
 
• Lines of credit up to 100% CLTV
    676       665  
 
• Loans up to 125% CLTV
    682       672  
 
• Lines of credit up to 125% CLTV
    695       668  
 
• First mortgage loans up to 100% LTV
    687       673  
Weighted Average Disposable Income (in dollars)(1)
  $ 4,855     $ 4,367  
 
• Loans up to 100% CLTV
    4,645       4,717  
 
• Lines of credit up to 100% CLTV
    6,483       6,038  
 
• Loans up to 125% CLTV
    4,275       3,603  
 
• Lines of credit up to 125% CLTV
    4,458       3,799  
 
• First mortgage loans up to 100% LTV
    4,784       4,636  


(1)  We define Disposable Income as gross monthly income (from all sources) minus all monthly debt payments.

      We believe that our decisions to move away from securitization gain-on-sale accounting, to expand whole loan sale opportunities, and to work toward transforming the higher risk, more volatile segments of our business into lower risk segments will result in a more stable and robust business with increased growth opportunities.

 
Portfolio Mix

      Our home equity lending line of business blends aspects of the credit card and mortgage banking industries. The home equity products are designed to appeal to homeowners who have high levels of unsecured (credit card) debt, who through the use of a debt consolidating mortgage loan can meaningfully reduce their after-tax monthly cash outflows. We underwrite our loans using unsecured debt criteria, while adjusting for relative riskiness by LTV level. We believe that the mortgage lien associated with the loan has a meaningful, positive influence on the payment priority of our customers. We lend nationally in our home equity lending

49


Table of Contents

line of business. The following table shows the geographic composition of our home equity lending managed portfolio on a percentage basis as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002:
                   
December 31, December 31,
State 2003 2002



California
    16.2 %     20.1 %
Florida
    7.5       7.4  
Arizona
    6.0       4.9  
Ohio
    5.7       5.3  
Maryland
    5.7       5.2  
All other states
    58.9       57.1  
     
     
 
 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
 
Total managed portfolio(1) (in thousands)
  $ 1,513,289     $ 1,830,339  

      The following table provides a breakdown of our home equity lending managed portfolio by product type, outstanding principal balance and weighted average coupon as of December 31, 2003:

                           
Weighted
Average
Amount % of Total Coupon



(Dollars in thousands)
Home equity loans<  = 100% CLTV
  $ 172,774       11.42 %     10.74 %
Home equity lines of credit<  = 100% CLTV
    341,414       22.56       8.53  
     
     
     
 
Total<  = 100% CLTV
    514,188       33.98       9.27  
Home equity loans>  100% CLTV
    586,490       38.75       13.72  
Home equity lines of credit>  100% CLTV
    354,819       23.45       11.50  
     
     
     
 
Total> 100% CLTV
    941,309       62.20       12.88  
First mortgages
    26,580       1.76       8.38  
Other (including discontinued products)
    31,212       2.06       13.95  
     
     
     
 
 
Total managed portfolio(1)
  $ 1,513,289       100 %     11.60 %
     
     
     
 


(1)  We define our “Managed Portfolio” as the portfolio of loans ($1.5 billion) that we service and on which we carry credit risk. At December 31, 2003, we also serviced another $1.1 billion of loans for which the credit risk is held by others.

50


Table of Contents

      At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residuals based on projected cash flows to immediate 10% and 25% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows:

                 
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Balance sheet carrying value of residual interests — fair value
  $ 70,519     $ 157,065  
Weighted-average life (in years)
    1.21       1.91  
Prepayment speed assumptions (annual rate assuming base case credit losses)
    37.82 %     32.37 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (688 )        
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (2,044 )        
Expected credit losses (annual rate over expected weighted average life)
    8.14 %     3.57 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (4,905 )        
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (12,129 )        
Residual cash flows discount rate (average annual rate)
    18.82 %     18.69 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (1,356 )        
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (3,304 )        

      These sensitivities should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value of residuals based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value are not linear. Also in the above table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the residual interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor normally result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments but increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 
Securitizations

      Until 2002, our home equity loans were sold to limited purpose, bankruptcy-remote wholly-owned subsidiaries. In turn, these subsidiaries established separate trusts to which they transferred the home equity loans in exchange for the proceeds from the sale of asset-backed securities issued by the trust. The trusts’ activities are generally limited to acquiring the home equity loans, issuing asset-backed securities and making payments on the securities. Due to the nature of the assets held by the trusts and the limited nature of each trust’s activities, they are classified as Qualified Special Purpose Entities (QSPEs) under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”

      These securitization structures, used prior to 2002, involved “sales” of the loans, transferring them off of our balance sheet, and have been accounted for using gain-on-sale treatment in accordance with SFAS 140 or its predecessor SFAS 125. Although we recognized gains on the sale of loans in the period in which such loans were sold, we expect to receive cash, representing the excess spread (the difference between the payment we receive from borrowers and the payments we must make to investors), overcollateralization if applicable, and servicing fees, over the lives of the loans. Concurrent with recognizing such gains on sale, we recorded the future expected receipt of discounted cash flow as a residual interest. We recognized gains on the sale of loans in an amount equal to the difference between proceeds and allocated cost basis of the loans sold. Residual interests are recorded at fair value with the subsequent changes in fair value recorded as trading gain or loss in our results of operations in the period of the change. We determine fair value on a monthly basis based on a discounted cash flow analysis. These cash flows are projected over the lives of the residuals using prepayment, default, and discount rate assumptions that we believe market participants would use for similar financial instruments.

      Based on changes to our funding practices to adjust to new regulatory capital rules, in 2002 we began using securitization structures that do not qualify as loan sales and therefore are not accounted for using gain-on-sale treatment under generally accepted accounting principles, but rather as secured borrowings. For these assets funded on-balance sheet, we are now recording interest income over the life of the loan as it is

51


Table of Contents

earned, net of interest expense over the life of the bonds and a provision for credit losses inherent in the portfolio. We do not expect this different accounting treatment to affect cash flows related to the loans, nor do we expect that the ultimate total receipt of revenues and profitability derived from our home equity loans will change materially by these different financing structures.

      Our secured financings and securitizations have triggers that, when exceeded, provide trustees and/or bond insurers with the ability, but not the obligation, of removing us as servicer if the triggers have been exceeded. Trigger levels are typically in the form of cumulative or periodic losses and/or delinquencies for a pool of loans over a stated period of time. At December 31, 2003, we had $20.8 million in loans that we serviced and for which certain triggers had been exceeded. The mortgage servicing rights related to the loans for which a trigger had been exceeded totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2003. Based on our evaluation of industry practice by trustees and bond insurers and our estimation of the steps the independent trustees would take, we believe it is unlikely that the trustees will remove servicing from us given current performance of our securitizations. As a result, we have not provided for an allowance for this contingency.

 
Home Equity Servicing

      Our home equity lending business continues to service the majority of the loans it has securitized and sold. We earn annually a servicing fee of approximately 50 to 100 basis points of the outstanding principal balance of the loans we service treated as sales under generally accepted accounting principles. For whole loans sold with servicing retained, we capitalize servicing fees including rights to future early repayment fees. These loans are included below in managed portfolio including credit risk sold. In addition, where applicable, we have the opportunity to earn additional future servicing incentive fees, although we are not currently recognizing any revenue or balance sheet asset to reflect this potential given the uncertainty surrounding our ability to earn and estimate such incentive fees. Should receipt of such incentive servicing fees become probable due to actual and projected performance of the underlying pool of loans, we would recognize revenues as appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles.

      Our managed portfolio is separated into $0.6 billion of loans and lines of credit originated, securitized, and treated as sold loans under SFAS 140 and $0.9 billion of loans originated, generally since 2002, and held on balance sheet either as loans held for investment or loans held for sale. Generally, loans originated prior to 2002 and treated as sold under SFAS 140 have a reserve methodology embedded in the associated residual valuations that reflects life of account loss expectations, whereas our policy for on-balance sheet loans requires that we hold sufficient reserves for potential losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The following table sets forth certain information for each of these portfolios.

      Our managed portfolio including credit risk sold of $2.6 billion includes the managed portfolio discussed above as well as our credit risk sold portfolio. The credit risk sold portfolio includes $1.0 billion of whole loans sold with servicing retained, as well as $0.1 billion related to residual interests we have sold.

                 
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Managed Portfolio Including Credit Risk Sold
               
Total Loans
  $ 2,568,356     $ 2,502,685  
30 days past due
    4.65 %     5.12 %
90 days past due
    1.86       2.40  
Net Chargeoff Rate
    3.66       2.42  
Managed Portfolio
               
Total Loans
  $ 1,513,289     $ 1,830,339  
30 days past due
    5.87 %     6.01 %
90 days past due
    2.43       2.80  
Net Chargeoff Rate
    4.81       2.78  

52


Table of Contents

                   
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
 
Unsold Loans
               
 
Total Loans(1)
  $ 897,227     $ 706,899  
 
30 days past due
    2.91 %     3.01 %
 
90 days past due
    1.25       1.38  
 
Net Chargeoff Rate
    3.03       1.34  
 
Loan Loss Reserve
  $ 29,251     $ 21,689  
 
Owned Residual
               
 
Total Loans
  $ 616,062     $ 1,123,440  
 
30 days past due
    10.18 %     7.89 %
 
90 days past due
    4.15       3.69  
 
Net Chargeoff Rate
    7.18       3.70  
 
Residual Undiscounted Losses
  $ 64,598     $ 79,746  
Credit Risk Sold
               
Total Loans
  $ 1,055,068     $ 672,346  
30 days past due
    2.90 %     2.71 %
90 days past due
    1.03       1.32  
 
Whole Loan Sales
               
 
Total Loans
  $ 993,467     $ 552,660  
 
30 days past due
    2.20 %     0.89 %
 
90 days past due
    0.70       0.31  
 
Sold Residuals
               
 
Total Loans
  $ 61,601     $ 119,686  
 
30 days past due
    14.16 %     11.12 %
 
90 days past due
    6.38       5.97  


(1)  Excludes deferred fees and costs.

      In our managed portfolio, we retain credit risk on loans we originate, whether funded on- or off-balance sheet. The managed portfolio amounts listed above include those loans we service with credit risk retained. Delinquency rates and losses on our managed portfolio result from a variety of factors, including loan seasoning, portfolio mix and general economic conditions. The 30-day and greater delinquency ratio on our managed portfolio was 5.9% at December 31, 2003, and 6.0% at December 31, 2002. Economic conditions in 2003 caused us to increase near-term expectations for increases in losses. Given widely varying third-party expectations for the domestic economy and job growth, it is difficult for us to predict precisely what long-term losses are expected to be. In our residual asset valuations, we have assumed a slow economic recovery with elevated levels of losses in our portfolio through the end of 2004. For our on-balance sheet portfolio, our method for evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is discussed in the earlier section on “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

 
Net Income

      Our home equity lending business recorded a net loss of $19.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to net income of $1.0 million and $16.2 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The 2003 loss relates primarily to unrealized trading losses recorded during the first half of the year to write down our residual assets to fair value. These trading losses are discussed in more detail below. As discussed earlier, in 2002 we eliminated our use of securitization structures that require gain-on-sale accounting

53


Table of Contents

treatment under SFAS 140. As a result, our activities and strategies in both 2003 and 2002 reflect changes made to address the new regulatory capital rules associated with residual interests on sold loans.
 
Net Revenue

      Net revenue in 2003 totaled $57.4 million, compared to net revenue in 2002 and 2001 of $80.3 million and $124.3 million, respectively. The reduction in revenues is a result of increased trading losses related to write downs of our residual assets to fair value reflecting our view that the effects of the economic weakness in 2001 and 2002 on our home equity portfolio will continue through 2004. In addition, we have increased our provision for loan losses as the line of business has built its on-balance sheet loan portfolio. Provision for loan losses totaled $29.6 million in 2003 compared to $25.6 million in 2002 and $2.3 million in 2001.

      Our home equity lending business originated $1.1 billion of home equity loans in each of the past three years. Our home equity lending business had $866.0 million of net loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2003, compared to $680.2 million at December 31, 2002, and $344.0 million at the same date in 2001. The increase in 2002 and 2003 relates to the buildup of the on-balance sheet loan portfolio as part of the transition away from gain-on-sale accounting in our securitizations. Included in the loan balance at December 31, 2003 were $478.7 million of collateralized loans as part of a secured financing.

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding net revenue for the periods indicated:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 106,545     $ 94,068     $ 61,803  
Provision for loan losses
    (29,575 )     (25,596 )     (2,320 )
Gain on sales of loans
    26,069       29,887       91,406  
Loan servicing fees
    21,835       13,528       13,355  
Amortization of servicing assets
    (13,894 )     (5,485 )     (3,217 )
Impairment of servicing assets
    (1,684 )     (1,420 )      
Trading losses
    (52,209 )     (26,032 )     (38,407 )
Other income
    358       1,313       1,649  
     
     
     
 
Total net revenue
  $ 57,445     $ 80,263     $ 124,269  
     
     
     
 

      Net interest income increased to $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 2002 net interest income of $94.1 million, and $61.8 million in 2001. This line of business earns interest income on loans held on the balance sheet and the accretion of the discount applied to its residual interests. Accretion totaled $20.7 million during 2003 versus $34.2 million in 2002, and $32.0 million in 2001. The increase in net interest income is a result of the buildup of our on-balance sheet loan portfolio. The decline in accretion reflects the reduced carrying value of our residual interests.

      Provision for loan losses increased to $29.6 million in 2003 compared to $25.6 million in 2002 and $2.3 million in 2001. The increased provision relates both to anticipated loss rates and the growth in loans as we continue to build our on-balance sheet loan portfolio. On-balance sheet loans totaled $692.6 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $626.4 million and $346.2 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Gains on sales of loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaled $26.1 million, compared to $29.9 million and $91.4 million during the same period in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The significant decline in gains in 2003 and 2002 compared to 2001 relates to the transition away from securitization structures requiring gain-on-sale accounting. Beginning in 2002, sales were executed on a credit-released basis and we receive a premium, record a servicing asset, and monetize any points and fees at the time of sale. We do, however, retain the rights to an incentive servicing fee that will provide cash payments to us in the event certain loan credit and servicing performance metrics are met. As of December 31, 2003, we had not received

54


Table of Contents

any such payments and had not recorded potential revenues due to the uncertainty of collecting such fees. Should receipt of such incentive servicing fees become probable due to actual and projected performance of the underlying pool of loans, we would recognize revenues as appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles. We completed whole loan sales during 2003 of $684 million compared to sales in 2002 of $615 million. The gain on sales of loans relative to the principal balance of loans sold decreased during 2003 due to secondary market demand, product mix between HEL and HELOC product, and cost factors among our various channels.

      Loan servicing fees totaled $21.8 million in 2003 compared to $13.5 million in 2002 and $13.4 million in 2001. The servicing portfolio underlying the mortgage servicing asset at our home equity lending line of business totaled $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in loan servicing fees in 2003 relates to increased early repayment fees which totaled $8.3 million in 2003 on the portfolio underlying the mortgage servicing asset.

      Amortization and impairment of servicing assets includes amortization expenses and valuation adjustments relating to the carrying value of servicing assets. Our home equity lending business determines fair value of its servicing asset using discounted cash flows and assumptions as to estimated future servicing income and cost that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. In addition, we assess these modeled assumptions for reasonableness through independent third-party valuations. At December 31, 2003, net servicing assets totaled $28.4 million, compared to a balance of $26.4 million at December 31, 2002, and $15.3 million at December 31, 2001. Servicing asset amortization and impairment expense totaled $15.6 million during 2003, compared to $6.9 million in 2002, and $3.2 million in 2001. The increased amortization and impairment is a result of the increase in the size of the servicing asset and the decreased interest rate environment.

      Trading losses represent unrealized losses as a result of adjustments to the carrying values of our residual interests. Trading losses totaled $52.2 million in 2003 compared to $26.0 million in 2002 and $38.4 million in 2001. Residual interests had a balance of $70.5 million at December 31, 2003 and $157.1 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $199.1 million at the same date in 2001. The $70.5 million valuation at December 31, 2003 reflects $87.2 million of anticipated undiscounted cash flows of which $72.8 million represents existing securitization overcollateralization and reserve funds, and the remaining $14.4 million represents expected future net spread and prepayment penalties. Included in the valuation are assumptions for estimated prepayments, expected losses, and discount rates that we believe market participants would use to value similar assets. To the extent our expectations of future loss rates, prepayment speeds and other factors change as we gather additional data over time, these residual valuations may be subject to additional adjustments in the future, up or down. These adjustments could have a material effect on our earnings. The increased unrealized trading losses in 2003 principally reflect higher expected loss rates and higher prepayment speeds. The increased unrealized trading losses in 2002 also reflect higher expected loss rates and higher prepayment speeds as well as an increase in the discount rate. These higher expected loss rates are reflective of the continued weakness in the economy and a slower rate of recovery in the delinquency of the portfolio than we had anticipated. Our forward loss assumptions are reevaluated monthly and, as such, our residual asset valuations will be adjusted continuously to reflect changes in actual and expected loss rates in our portfolio.

55


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

      The following table shows operating expenses for our home equity lending line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 52,074     $ 46,548     $ 59,007  
Other
    38,464       32,040       38,182  
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 90,538     $ 78,588     $ 97,189  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    663       692       773  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis.

      Operating expenses were $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, up from $78.6 in 2002, and a decrease of 6.8% from 2001. Operating expenses in 2003 include compensation expense related to minority ownership interests at the home equity line of business totaling $2.3 million, ($5.1) million and $5.5 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Commercial Finance

      The following table shows selected financial information for our commercial finance line of business for the periods indicated:

                                   
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000




(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                               
Net interest income
  $ 22,766     $ 15,140     $ 9,481     $ 3,196  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    (11,308 )     (8,481 )     (6,939 )     (1,513 )
Noninterest income
    6,671       4,397       1,695       799  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    18,129       11,056       4,237       2,482  
Operating expense
    15,875       12,122       8,424       5,045  
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    2,254       (1,066 )     (4,187 )     (2,563 )
Income taxes
    461       (513 )     (1,309 )     (945 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    1,793       (553 )     (2,878 )     (1,618 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
          495              
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,793     $ (58 )   $ (2,878 )   $ (1,618 )
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet and Operating Data at End of Period:
                               
Total assets
  $ 474,915     $ 343,384     $ 266,670     $ 159,773  
Loans and leases
    463,423       345,844       264,827       154,934  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (11,445 )     (7,657 )     (4,587 )     (2,441 )
Shareholders’ equity
    44,255       29,236       18,741       21,346  
Net charge-offs
    7,868       5,401       4,653       961  
Net interest margin
    5.63 %     5.07 %     4.64 %     4.50 %
Total fundings of loans and leases
  $ 272,685     $ 207,087     $ 190,716     $ 113,323  

56


Table of Contents

Overview

      We established this line of business in 1999 when we formed Irwin Business Finance, our U.S. commercial leasing company. In July 2000, this line of business completed an acquisition of an approximately 78% position in Onset Capital Corporation, a Canadian small-ticket equipment leasing company headquartered in Vancouver, British Columbia. Principals of Onset own the remaining approximately 22% of the company. The Onset acquisition added approximately $60 million in leases to our commercial finance portfolio. To begin our franchise finance operations, we acquired a portfolio of approximately $22 million in leases and loans in August 2001, and we established Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation. We established Irwin Commercial Finance in April 2001 (originally named Irwin Capital Holdings) as a subsidiary of Irwin Union Bank and Trust to serve as the parent company for all three of our U.S. and Canadian commercial finance companies.

      In our commercial finance line of business, we originate small-ticket equipment leases through established U.S. and Canadian relationships with vendors, manufacturers and third party originators, and provide financing for franchisees of selected quick service and casual dining restaurant concepts. The majority of our leases are full payout (no residual), small-ticket assets secured by commercial equipment. Within the franchise channel, the majority of our contracts are loans, and are full payout with higher transaction sizes than in our small-ticket channel. The franchise channel may also finance real estate for select franchise systems. We finance a variety of commercial and office equipment types and try to limit the concentrations in our loan and lease portfolios.

Strategy

      Despite delays in reaching sustainable profitability in this line of business largely as a result of unanticipated credit losses in our U.S.-based small-ticket leasing portfolio, we continue to believe that our strategy is appropriate for serving the commercial finance niches we address. While 2003 was a modestly profitable year, it is our expectation that this line of business will begin to approach our long-term return targets in 2004 or 2005, depending on growth rates and credit performance.

 
Net Income

      Commercial finance net income increased to $1.8 million during 2003, compared to a losses of $58 thousand and $2.9 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Results in 2003 reflect growth of $7.6 million in net interest income over 2002. Net interest income in 2002 increased 60% over 2001. Provision for loan and lease losses increased to $11.3 million in 2003, compared to provisions of $8.5 million and $6.9 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The 2003 earnings are attributable to portfolio growth, improvements in credit quality, and higher than expected gains from the sale of whole loans. The 2002 results include a $0.5 million benefit from a cumulative effect of an accounting change as a result of the reversal of unamortized negative goodwill related to the acquisition of Onset.

 
Net Interest Income

      The following table shows information about net interest income for our commercial finance line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
  $ 22,766     $ 15,140     $ 9,481  
Average interest earning assets
    404,089       298,854       204,290  
Net interest margin
    5.63 %     5.07 %     4.64 %

      Net interest income was $22.8 million, an increase of 50% over 2002, and an increase of 140% from 2001. The improvement in net interest income resulted from an increase in our commercial finance portfolio. The total loan and lease portfolio has increased to $463.4 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of 34.0% and

57


Table of Contents

75.0% over year-end 2002 and 2001 balances, respectively. This line of business originated $272.7 million in loans and leases during 2003, compared to $207.1 million during 2002 and $190.7 million in 2001. The 2001 period includes a $22.0 million acquisition of loans and leases related to the formation of Irwin Franchise Capital Corporation.

      Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets. Net interest margin during 2003 was 5.63%, compared to 5.07% in 2002, and 4.64% in 2001. The increase in 2003 margin is due primarily to changes in product mix and intercompany funding changes.

 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

      The provision for loan and lease losses increased to $11.3 million in 2003 compared to $8.5 million in 2002 and $6.9 million in 2001. The increased provisioning levels are reflective of general economic conditions, portfolio growth in this line of business since inception and increased charge-offs as a result of deterioration in the credit quality of the broker-based, small-ticket portion of our domestic portfolio during the first half of 2003.

 
Noninterest Income

      Noninterest income during 2003 increased 52% over 2002 and 294% over 2001. This increase was due primarily to higher gains from sales of whole loans in our franchise unit that increased to $2.6 million in 2003 compared to $1.4 million in 2002. This line of business had no loan sales in 2001.

 
Operating Expenses

      The following table shows the components of operating expenses for our commercial finance line of business:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 11,606     $ 9,482     $ 6,481  
Other expenses
    4,269       2,640       1,943  
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
  $ 15,875     $ 12,122     $ 8,424  
     
     
     
 
Number of employees at period end(1)
    133       134       126  


(1)  On a full time equivalent basis

      Operating expenses during 2003 totaled $15.9 million, an increase of 31% over 2002, and an increase of 88% from 2001. The increased operating expenses relates to the continued growth in this business since its inception in 1999, including compensation costs related to the achievement of profitability.

 
Credit Quality

      The commercial finance line of business had nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2003 totaling $4.1 million, compared to non-performing loans and leases at December 31, 2002 and 2001 totaling $4.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Net charge-offs recorded by this line of business totaled $7.9 million in 2003 compared to $5.4 million in 2002 and $4.7 million in 2001. The increased charge-offs in 2002 and 2003 and the spike in 2002 nonperformings loans and leases relate primarily to the broker-based, small ticket portion of our U.S. portfolio. During the second quarter of 2003, we made a decision to exit this distribution channel. We will continue to manage the broker-based lease portfolio as it runs off while focusing our efforts in originating vendor-sourced small ticket leases in the U.S. In the future, we expect our concentration in vendor-based small ticket products (both domestic and Canadian) and franchise lending to grow as a proportion of the line of business portfolio. Allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2003 totaled $11.4 million, representing 2.47% of loans and leases, compared to a balance at December 31, 2002 of

58


Table of Contents

$7.7 million, representing 2.21% of loans and leases and a balance of $4.6 million or 1.73% of the portfolio at December 31, 2001.

      The following table shows information about our nonperforming loans and leases in this line of business and our allowance for loan and lease losses:

                         
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans and leases
  $ 4,083     $ 4,855     $ 3,923  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    11,445       7,657       4,587  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans
    2.47 %     2.21 %     1.73 %
For the Period Ended:
                       
Provision for loan losses
  $ 11,308     $ 8,481     $ 6,939  
Net charge-offs
    7,868       5,401       4,653  
Net charge-offs to average loans
    1.97 %     1.81 %     2.28 %

      The following table provides certain information about the loan and lease portfolio of our commercial finance line of business at the dates shown:

                   
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Franchise loans
  $ 150,505     $ 95,753  
 
Weighted average yield
    8.45 %     9.01 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    0.45       0.30  
Domestic (U.S.) leases
  $ 134,602     $ 135,775  
 
Weighted average yield
    9.54 %     10.37 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    1.32       1.41  
Canadian leases(1)
  $ 178,316     $ 114,316  
 
Weighted average yield
    10.12 %     10.95 %
 
Delinquency ratio
    0.89       1.03  


(1)  In U.S. dollars.

59


Table of Contents

Venture Capital

      The following table shows selected financial information for our venture capital line of business for the periods indicated:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Income Statement Data:
                       
Net interest income (expense)
  $ 5     $ 43     $ (404 )
Mark-to-market adjustment on investments
    (2,954 )     (4,187 )     (10,444 )
Noninterest income
    671       501       592  
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    (2,278 )     (3,643 )     (10,256 )
Operating expense
    548       495       590  
     
     
     
 
Loss before taxes
    (2,826 )     (4,138 )     (10,846 )
Income tax benefit
    (1,118 )     (1,655 )     (4,340 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (1,708 )   $ (2,483 )   $ (6,506 )
     
     
     
 
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
                       
Investment in portfolio companies (cost)
  $ 14,601     $ 12,620     $ 10,696  
Mark-to-market adjustment
    (11,077 )     (8,123 )     (3,936 )
     
     
     
 
Carrying value of portfolio companies
  $ 3,524     $ 4,497     $ 6,760  
     
     
     
 

Overview

      In our venture capital line of business, we make minority investments in early stage companies in the financial services industry and related fields that intend to use technology as a key component of their competitive strategy. We provide Irwin Ventures’ portfolio companies the benefit of our management experience in the financial services industry. In addition, we expect that contacts made through venture activities may benefit management of our other lines of business through the sharing of technologies and market opportunities. Our venture capital line of business had investments in seven private companies as of December 31, 2003, with an aggregate investment cost of $14.6 million and a carrying value of $3.5 million. Our carrying value for investments in three of the seven has been reduced through valuation adjustments to zero.

      In April 2000, Irwin Ventures established a subsidiary, Irwin Ventures Incorporated-SBIC, which received a small business investment company license from the Small Business Administration. In December 2000, Irwin Ventures and Irwin Ventures-SBIC became Delaware limited liability companies. To date, the primary geographic focus of this line of business and each of our investments has been on the corridors of the east and west coasts between Washington, D.C. and Boston, and Palo Alto and Seattle.

      In 1999, our Board of Directors approved an allocation of up to $20 million to support this subsidiary. We carry venture capital investments held by Irwin Ventures at fair value, with changes in market value recognized in other income. The investment committee of Irwin Ventures determines the value of the investments at the end of each reporting period. We adjust the values based upon review of the investee’s financial results, condition, and prospects. Changes in estimated market values can also be made when an event such as a new funding round from other private equity investors would cause a change in estimated market value. In the future, should Irwin Ventures have investments in publicly-traded securities, it would look to the traded market value of the investments as the basis of its mark-to-market.

      Despite the recent sharp reduction in values of technology companies, we believe that investing in emerging technology can help identify potential niches for us or enhance existing niches. We believe

60


Table of Contents

improvements in technology and entrepreneurial innovation will continue to change the manner in which financial services are delivered to businesses and consumers.

      Our strategic rationale for making venture capital investments has evolved as we attempt to make multiple small investments across a variety of technology-based financial services niches to capitalize on new market opportunities enabled by technology. We expect that our continued involvement in venture capital will enable us to stay close to innovations that could affect the landscape of financial services in the future.

      During the year ended December 31, 2003, the venture capital line of business recorded a net loss of $1.7 million, compared to a net loss of $2.5 million in 2002, and a net loss of $6.5 million in 2001. The fluctuation in results in the venture capital line of business is primarily due to valuation adjustments to reflect the company’s portfolio investments at market value.

Parent and Other

      Results at the parent company and other businesses totaled a net loss of $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to a loss of $5.8 million during the same period in 2002 and $8.4 million in 2001. These losses at the parent company primarily relate to operating expenses in excess of management fees charged to the lines of business and interest income earned on intracompany loans. Included in parent and other expense were compensation charges related to key employee retention initiatives at the home equity lending line of business totaling $0.7 million, ($1.2) million, and $1.9 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Also included in parent company operating results are allocations to our subsidiaries of interest expense related to our interest-bearing capital obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we allocated $15.2 million of these expenses to our subsidiaries, compared to $13.5 million and $9.2 million during 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Each subsidiary pays taxes to us at the statutory rate. Subsidiaries also pay fees to us to cover direct and indirect services. In addition, certain services are provided from one subsidiary to another. Intercompany income and expenses are calculated on an arm’s-length, external market basis and are eliminated in consolidation.

Risk Management

      We are engaged in businesses that involve the assumption of financial risks including:

  •  Credit risk
 
  •  Liquidity risk
 
  •  Interest rate risk
 
  •  Operational risk

      Each line of business that assumes financial risk uses a formal process to manage this risk. In all cases, the objectives are to ensure that risk is contained within prudent levels and that we are adequately compensated for the level of risk assumed.

      Our Chairman, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice Presidents, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Risk Officer meet on a monthly basis (or more frequently as appropriate) as an Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Committee (ERMC), reporting to the Board of Directors’ Audit and Risk Management Committee. The ERMC and its subcommittees oversee all aspects of our financial, credit, and operational risks. The ERMC provides senior-level review and enhancement of line manager risk processes and oversight of our risk reporting, surveillance and model parameter changes.

      Credit Risk. The assumption of credit risk is a key source of earnings for the home equity lending, commercial banking and commercial finance lines of business. The mortgage banking line of business assumes limited credit risk as its mortgages typically are insured and are sold within a short period of time after origination.

61


Table of Contents

      The credit risk in the loan portfolios of the home equity lending, commercial finance and commercial banking lines of business have the most potential to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial performance. These lines of business each have a Chief Credit Officer specific to the product line and manage credit risk through various combinations of the use of lending policies, credit analysis and approval procedures, periodic loan reviews, servicing activities, and personal contact with borrowers. Loans over a certain size are reviewed by a loan committee prior to approval. We perform independent loan review across the Corporation through a function that reports directly to the Audit and Risk Management Committee.

      The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate based on our judgment applying the principles of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” The allowance is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. We perform an assessment of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is based on a regular analysis of all loans over a fixed-dollar amount where the internal credit rating is at or below a predetermined classification. From this analysis we determine the loans that we believe to be impaired in accordance with SFAS 114. Management has defined impaired as nonaccrual loans. An allowance is established when the collateral value, observable market price or discounted cash flows of an impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher risk graded loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio applied against each product type and aging category. For portfolios that are too new to have adequate historical experience on which to base a loss estimate, we use estimates derived from industry and management’s experience. The loss ratio is generally based upon historic loss experience for each loan type adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant.

      Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $33.9 million, or 1.1% of average loans, compared to $15.4 million, or 0.7% of average loans during 2002. Net charge-offs in 2001 were $8.2 million or 0.7% of average loans. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for loan and lease losses was 2.0% of outstanding loans and leases, compared to 1.8% at year-end 2002, and 1.0% at year-end 2001. The increase in charge-offs and allowance is a result of the new balance sheet retention of home equity loans as well as loan growth. As mentioned earlier, the home equity business began recognizing charge-offs and recording an allowance for loan losses in late 2001 as the line of business moved away from gain-on-sale accounting for securitizations and recorded its loans on the balance sheet both before and after they have been securitized. Included in the 2002 and 2001 charge-offs were approximately $3.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of charge-offs at the home equity lending line of business not charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses account. Instead, these charge-offs were previously taken through a lower of cost or market valuation allowance that was established in late 2001. This allowance was established under generally accepted accounting principles when we transferred approximately $38 million of home equity loans held for sale to the held for investment category at fair value. This valuation allowance account was depleted during the third quarter of 2002. We now reserve for these same loans through our provision for loan and lease losses.

      Total nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2003, were $44.4 million, compared to $31.1 million at December 31, 2002, and $19.2 million at December 31, 2001. Nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases at December 31, 2003 were 1.4%, compared to 1.1% at December 31, 2002, and 0.9% in 2001. The 2003 increase occurred primarily at the commercial banking line of business where nonperforming loans increased to $25.6 million at December 31, 2003, compared to $15.1 million at the end of 2002. The majority of this increase relates to two credits totaling $8 million that were added to nonperforming loans late in 2003 at the commercial banking line of business.

      Other real estate we owned totaled $6.4 million at December 31, 2003, up from $5.3 million at December 31, 2002, which was up from $4.4 million at the same date in 2001. The increase in 2003 relates to the commercial banking and home equity lending lines of business. The increase in 2002 and 2001 was primarily

62


Table of Contents

attributable to both the home equity lending and mortgage banking lines of business. Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2003 were $52.5 million, or 1.1% of total assets. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2002, totaled $37.6 million, or 0.8% of total assets, compared to $25.1 million, or 0.7%, in 2001.

      The following table shows an analysis of our consolidated allowance for loan and lease losses:

                                               
At or For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Loans and leases outstanding at end of year, net of unearned income
  $ 3,161,054     $ 2,815,276     $ 2,137,822     $ 1,234,922     $ 733,424  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Average loans and leases for the year, net of unearned income
  $ 3,168,776     $ 2,620,428     $ 1,533,261     $ 960,848     $ 642,435  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
                                       
Balance beginning of year
  $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129     $ 8,555     $ 9,888  
Charge-offs:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    4,263       3,666       1,638       1,210       646  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    23,522       7,130       600              
 
Consumer loans
    765       800       1,489       818       813  
 
Lease financing:
                                       
   
Domestic
    6,172       5,158       3,624       363       772  
   
Canadian
    2,590       1,476       2,402       777        
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total charge-offs
    37,312       18,230       9,753       3,168       2,231  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Recoveries:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    68       435       144       76       32  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    2,198       1,002                    
 
Consumer loans
    248       252       193       221       307  
 
Lease financing:
                                       
   
Domestic
    448       523       334       84       164  
   
Canadian
    449       658       877       85        
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total recoveries
    3,411       2,870       1,548       466       503  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs
    (33,901 )     (15,360 )     (8,205 )     (2,702 )     (1,728 )
Acquisition of Onset Capital
                      1,908        
Reduction due to sale of loans
    (474 )           (6 )           (3,126 )
Reduction due to reclassification of loans
    (456 )                 (16 )     (922 )
Foreign currency adjustment
    597       17       (140 )     (19 )      
Provision charged to expense
    47,583       43,996       17,505       5,403       4,443  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance end of year
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129     $ 8,555  
     
     
     
     
     
 

63


Table of Contents

                                               
At or For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses by category:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
  $ 20,571     $ 17,942     $ 11,198     $ 4,370     $ 5,634  
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    31,445       23,150       2,872       2,462       1,194  
 
Consumer loans
    809       2,067       2,309       2,226       1,270  
 
Lease financing:
                                       
   
Domestic
    8,443       5,953       4,527       2,325       457  
   
Canadian
    3,017       1,824       1,377       1,746        
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Totals
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129     $ 8,555  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Percent of loans and leases to total loans and leases by category to total:
                                       
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    47 %     48 %     49 %     55 %     61 %
 
Real estate mortgage loans
    37       39       36       28       32  
 
Consumer loans
    1       1       2       4       7  
 
Lease financing:
                                       
   
Domestic
    9       8       9       8        
   
Canadian
    6       4       4       5        
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Totals
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Ratios:
                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases(1)
    1.1 %     0.7 %     0.7 %     0.3 %     0.3 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases outstanding
    2.0 %     1.8 %     1.0 %     1.1 %     1.2 %


(1)  Included in 2002 and 2001 charge-offs were $3.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of charge-offs at the home equity lending line of business not charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. See discussion on page 62.

64


Table of Contents

      The following table shows information about our nonperforming assets at the dates shown:

                                             
December 31,

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999





(Dollars in thousands)
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
  $ 4,172     $ 30     $ 1,146     $ 324     $ 58  
Real estate mortgages
                             
Consumer loans
    226       688       157       510       89  
Lease financing:
                                       
 
Domestic
    159       220       1,624       627        
 
Canadian
    70       143       68              
     
     
     
     
     
 
      4,627       1,081       2,995       1,461       147  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonaccrual loans and leases:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
    20,447       13,798       5,066       752       748  
Real estate mortgages
    14,663       11,308       8,115       1,922       3,250  
Consumer loans
    769       454       708       918       273  
Lease financing:
                                       
 
Domestic
    1,916       3,415       1,180       960       88  
 
Canadian
    1,943       1,077       1,088       1,209        
     
     
     
     
     
 
      39,738       30,052       16,157       5,761       4,359  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total nonperforming loans and leases
    44,365       31,133       19,152       7,222       4,506  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans held for sale not guaranteed
    1,695       1,201       1,562       3,959       3,580  
Other real estate owned
    6,431       5,272       4,388       2,833       3,752  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 52,491     $ 37,606     $ 25,102     $ 14,014     $ 11,838  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases
    1.4 %     1.1 %     0.9 %     0.6 %     0.6 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.1 %     0.8 %     0.7 %     0.6 %     0.7 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

      For the periods presented, the year-end balances of any restructured loans are reflected in the table above either in the amounts shown for “accruing loans past due 90 days or more” or in the amounts shown for “nonaccrual loans and leases.”

      Loans that are past due 90 days or more are placed on nonaccrual status unless, in management’s opinion, there is sufficient collateral value to offset both principal and interest. The $52.5 million of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2003, were concentrated at our lines of business as follows:

         
• Mortgage banking
  $ 6.8  
• Commercial banking
    26.6  
• Home equity lending
    15.0  
• Commercial finance
    4.1  

      Interest income of approximately $2.9 million would have been recorded during 2003 on nonaccrual and renegotiated loans if such loans had been accruing interest throughout the year in accordance with their original terms. The amount of interest income actually recorded during the year of 2003 on nonaccrual and restructured loans was approximately $0.9 million.

65


Table of Contents

      Generally, the accrual of income is discontinued when the full collection of principal or interest is in doubt, or when the payment of principal or interest has become contractually 90 days past due unless the obligation is both well secured and in the process of collection.

      Liquidity Risk. Liquidity is the availability of funds to meet the daily requirements of our business. For financial institutions, demand for funds results principally from extensions of credit and withdrawal of deposits. Liquidity is provided through deposits and short-term and long-term borrowings, by asset maturities or sales, and through equity capital.

      The objectives of liquidity management are to ensure that funds will be available to meet current and future demands and that funds are available at a reasonable cost. We manage liquidity via daily interaction with the lines of business and periodic liquidity planning sessions. Since loans are generally less marketable than securities, the ratio of total loans to total deposits is a traditional measure of liquidity for banks and bank holding companies. At December 31, 2003, the ratio of loans and loans held for sale to total deposits was 139%. We are comfortable with this relatively high level due to our position in first mortgage loans held for sale ($0.7 billion) and second mortgage loans and leases financed through matched-term secured financing ($0.6 billion). The first mortgage loans carry an interest rate at or near current market rates for first mortgage loans and are generally sold within a short period. The loans and leases financed through matched-term secured financings are not subject to meaningful liquidity risk. Excluding these two items, our loans to deposit ratio at December 31, 2003 was 94%.

      As disclosed in the footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we have certain obligations to make future payments under contracts. At December 31, 2003, the aggregate contractual obligations are:

                                   
Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations Total Less Than 1 Year 1-5 Years After 5 Years





(Dollars in thousands)
Deposits with contractual maturity
  $ 907,578     $ 582,905     $ 309,644     $ 15,029  
Deposits without a stated maturity
    1,992,084       1,992,084              
Short-term borrowings
    429,758       428,758             1,000  
Collateralized borrowing
    590,131       233,524       325,489       31,118  
Other long-term debt
    270,184       59             270,125  
Operating leases
    62,522       17,243       35,640       9,639  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 4,252,257     $ 3,254,573     $ 670,773     $ 326,911  
     
     
     
     
 

      The table above describes our on-balance sheet contractual obligations. As described in the line of business sections, both mortgage banking and home equity lending fund a high percentage of their loan production via whole loan sales and/or asset securitization. It is, therefore, important to note that loan sales/securitizations that occur frequently in our first mortgage loan and home equity loan businesses have proven reliable (e.g., even in unstable market environments such as the weeks after September 11th, 2001) and are an important element in our liquidity management. That reliability notwithstanding, we have policies and procedures in place for contingency liquidity actions should these secondary markets be closed for short periods of time. Our contingency planning simulations suggests that secondary market disruptions lasting more than a couple weeks would, however, cause us in most scenarios to need to curtail loan production until those markets recover and are once again fully functioning.

      The mortgage banking line of business sells virtually all of its mortgage loan originations within 30 days of funding, taking them off our balance sheet. Therefore, the on-balance sheet funding of first mortgage loans is for the brief period of time from origination to sale/securitization. In 2003, the home equity lending line of business produced $1.1 billion and the sum of home equity loan sales and secured financings totaled $1.0 billion.

      Beginning in 2002, home equity loan securitizations were retained on-balance sheet, moving away from gain-on-sale treatment. As a result, both the securitized assets and the funding from the securitization are now reflected on the balance sheet. From a liquidity perspective, the securitizations in 2002 and 2003 provided

66


Table of Contents

matched funding for the life of the loans making up the securitizations unless we choose to utilize a “clean-up” call provision to terminate the securitization funding early. A “clean-up call” typically is optional at our discretion. It can typically be made once outstanding loan balances in the securitization fall below 10% of the original loan balance in the securitization. Bond principal payments are dependent upon principal collections on the underlying loans. Prepayment speeds can affect the timing and amount of loan principal payments. The table of contractual obligations above reflects our current estimate of the principal collection on these loans.

      Deposits consist of three primary types: non-maturity transaction account deposits, certificates of deposit and escrow account deposits. Non-maturity transaction account deposits are generated by our commercial banking line of business and include deposits made into checking, savings, money market and other types of deposit accounts by our customers. These types of deposits have no contractual maturity date and may be withdrawn at any time. While these balances fluctuate daily, a large percentage typically remain for much longer. At December 31, 2003, these deposit types totaled $1.1 billion, an increase of $0.2 billion from December 31, 2002.

      Certificates of deposit (CDs) differ from non-contractual maturity accounts in that they do have contractual maturity dates. We issue CDs both directly to customers and through brokers. As of December 31, 2003, CDs issued directly to customers totaled $0.5 billion, which was level with December 31, 2002. Brokered CDs are typically considered to have higher liquidity risk than CDs issued directly to customers since brokered CDs are often done in large blocks and since a direct relationship does not exist with the depositor. In recognition of this, we manage the size and maturity structure of brokered CDs closely. For example, the maturities of brokered CDs are laddered to mitigate liquidity risk. CDs issued through brokers totaled $0.3 billion at December 31, 2003, and had an average remaining life of 18 months as compared to $0.3 billion outstanding with a 22 month average remaining life at December 31, 2002.

      Escrow account deposits are related to the servicing of our originated first mortgage loans. When a first mortgage borrower makes a monthly mortgage payment, consisting of interest and principal due on the loan and often a real estate tax and insurance portion, we hold the payment on a non-interest earning basis, except where otherwise required by law, until the payment is remitted to the current owner of the loan or the proper tax authority and insurance carrier. Escrow deposits may also include proceeds from the payoff of loans in our servicing portfolio prior to the transmission of those proceeds to investors. At December 31, 2003, these escrow balances totaled $0.6 billion, which was level with December 31, 2002.

      Short-term borrowings consist of borrowings from several sources. Our largest borrowing source is the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI), of which we are an active member. We utilize their collateralized borrowing programs to help fund qualifying first mortgage, home equity and commercial real estate loans. As of December 31, 2003, FHLBI borrowings outstanding totaled $0.3 billion, a $0.2 billion decrease from December 31, 2002. We had sufficient collateral pledged to FHLBI at December 31, 2003 to borrow an additional $0.4 billion, if needed.

      In addition to borrowings from the FHLBI, we use other lines of credit as needed. At December 31, 2003, the amount of short-term borrowings outstanding on our major credit lines and the total amount of the borrowing lines were as follows:

  •  Warehouse lines of credit to fund first mortgages and home equity loans: none outstanding on a $300 million borrowing facility
 
  •  Warehouse borrowing facilities to fund first mortgage loans: $1 million outstanding on a $150 million borrowing facility — committed facility renewed in February 2004
 
  •  Lines of credit with correspondent banks, including fed funds lines: $54 million outstanding out of $205 million available
 
  •  Line of credit with a correspondent bank collateralized by mortgage servicing rights: none outstanding out of $75 million committed borrowing facility

67


Table of Contents

      In addition to short term borrowings from the aforementioned credit lines, sale facilities are used to effect sale of Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) conforming first mortgage loans before scheduled GSE settlement dates. The first two of these sale facilities listed below have specific dollar limits as noted. The size of the third facility is limited only by the amount of mortgage-backed securities we can package for purchase by the facility provider. At December 31, 2003, the amount unsettled by the GSE on these facilities and the total facility amount were as follows:

  •  Warehouse sale facility: $229 million unsettled on a $600 million facility — committed facility renewed in February 2004
 
  •  Uncommitted warehouse sale facility: $42 million unsettled on a $150 million facility
 
  •  Investor warehouse sale facility: none unsettled

Interest Rate Risk. Because all of our assets are not perfectly match funded with like-term liabilities, our earnings are affected by interest rate changes. Interest rate risk can also arise when fixed rate assets are funded with variable rate liabilities or vice versa. Interest rate risk is measured by the sensitivity of both net interest income and fair market value of net interest sensitive assets to changes in interest rates.

      An asset/liability management committee (ALMC) at each of our lines of business monitors the repricing structure of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items and uses a financial simulation model to measure interest rate risk over multiple interest rate scenarios. Our parent company ALMC oversees the interest rate risk profile of all of our lines of business as a whole and is represented on each of the line of business ALMCs. We incorporate many factors into the financial model, including prepayment speeds, net interest margin, fee income and a comprehensive mark-to-market valuation process. We reevaluate risk measures and assumptions regularly and enhance modeling tools as needed.

      Our commercial banking, home equity lending, and commercial finance lines of business assume interest rate risk in the pricing structure of their loans and leases, and manage this risk by adjusting the duration of their interest sensitive liabilities and through the use of derivative instruments.

      Our mortgage banking line of business assumes interest rate risk by entering into commitments to extend loans to borrowers at a fixed rate for a limited period of time. We hold closed loans only temporarily until a pool is formed and sold in a securitization or under a flow sale arrangement. To mitigate the risk that interest rates will rise between the time we lock a loan rate to the customer and the time we sell the loan, the mortgage banking line of business enters into derivatives in the form of commitments to deliver loans at a fixed price. Since not all rate-locks result in loans, we only hedge the percentage of rate locks that we believe will result in loan originations. Our home equity business originates a much smaller volume of first mortgage loans than our mortgage banking line of business, but has begun to use derivative instruments to manage its funded first mortgage originations from the time of origination until a price to sell the loan is locked-in.

      Our mortgage, commercial banking and home equity lending lines of business also are exposed to the risk that interest rates will decline, increasing prepayment speeds on loans and decreasing the value of servicing assets and residual interests. Some offsets to these exposures exist in the form of strong production operations, selective sales of servicing rights, match-funded asset-backed securities sales and the use of financial instruments to manage the economic performance of the assets. Since there are accounting timing differences between the recognition of gains or losses on financial derivatives and the realization of economic gains or losses on certain offsetting exposures (e.g., strong production operations), our decisions on the degree to which we manage risk with derivative instruments to insulate against short-term price volatility depends on a variety of factors, including:

  •  the type of risk we are trying to mitigate;
 
  •  offsetting factors elsewhere in the Corporation;
 
  •  the level of current capital above our target minimums;
 
  •  time remaining in the quarter (i.e., days until quarter-end);

68


Table of Contents

  •  current level of derivative gain or loss relative to accounting and economic basis;
 
  •  basis risk: the degree to which the interest rates underlying our derivative instruments might not move parallel to the interest rate driving our asset valuation; and
 
  •  convexity: the degree to which asset values, or risk management derivative instrument values, do not change in a linear fashion as interest rates change.

      This strategy may, at times, result in variability in inter-quarter results that are not reflective of underlying trends for the Corporation.

      The following tables reflect our estimate of the present value of interest sensitive assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items at December 31, 2003. In addition to showing the estimated fair market value at current rates, they also provide estimates of the fair market values of interest sensitive items based upon a hypothetical instantaneous and permanent move both up and down 100 and 200 basis points in the entire yield curve.

      The first table is an economic analysis showing the present value impact of changes in interest rates, assuming a comprehensive mark-to-market environment. The second table is an accounting analysis showing the same net present value impact, adjusted for expected GAAP treatment. Neither analysis takes into account the book values of the noninterest sensitive assets and liabilities (such as cash, accounts receivable, and fixed assets), the values of which are not directly determined by interest rates.

      The analyses are based on discounted cash flows over the remaining estimated lives of the financial instruments. The interest rate sensitivities apply only to transactions booked as of December 31, 2003, although certain accounts such as “Official Checks and Due From” are normalized whereby the three- or six-month average balance is included rather than the quarter-end balance in order to avoid having the analysis skewed by a significant increase or decrease to an account balance at quarter end.

      The net asset value sensitivities do not necessarily represent the changes in the lines of business’ net asset value that would actually occur under the given interest rate scenarios, as sensitivities do not reflect changes in value of the companies as a going concern, nor consider potential rebalancing or other dynamic hedging actions that might be taken in the future under asset/liability management.

      Specifically, the volume of derivative contracts used to manage the risk of mortgage servicing assets fluctuates, depending upon market conditions, the size of our mortgage servicing asset portfolio and various additional factors. We monitor derivative positions frequently and rebalance them as needed. It is unlikely that the volume of derivative positions would remain constant over large fluctuations in interest rates, although the tables below assume they do. Mortgage servicing asset risk management derivative contracts appear under the category “Interest Sensitive Financial Derivatives” in the tables below. As can be seen in the tables, the interest sensitivity of MSAs, net of the impact of Financial Derivatives, dominates the Corporation’s interest rate risk profile. Therefore, it is important to reiterate that our mortgage servicing asset risk management strategy is dynamic in that we adjust our derivative instruments as we deem appropriate, whereas the tables below reflect derivative instruments as if they will remain static over all interest rate scenarios.

      Modeling the change in the market value of equity value based upon interest rate changes requires many other assumptions and modeling choices as well. For the tables below, which use the December 31, 2003 balance sheet, we have implemented changes in several aspects of our modeling as compared to the December 31, 2002 summary figures, which are shown at the bottom of each table. The two most significant changes are as follows:

        1. Expected cash flows for commercial loans and unsold, unsecuritized home equity loans are now valued assuming no defaults occur and utilize a discount factor which approximates a full credit spread over the Swap/ LIBOR curve. Previously, these loans were modeled with default assumptions, but with cash flows discounted at lower rates. We believe the new methodology more accurately reflects our interest rate risk.

69


Table of Contents

        2. In order to model non-maturity transaction deposit accounts such as Checking, Savings and Money Market accounts, we are required to forecast the rates that will be paid on these accounts as interest rates rise and fall. We have refocused our rate forecasting methodology with an increased emphasis on the current market environment and expected spread relationships between short-term benchmark rates, such as the Fed Funds rate, Treasury Bills or LIBOR, and our deposit rates. The current methodology reflects larger changes in deposit values as interest rates rise and fall as compared to the methodology applied at December 31, 2002.

In addition to the changes discussed in item 1 above, we have implemented many other less significant improvements to our valuation model. One further example applies to home equity loans. We now utilize prepayment speed estimates provided by an outside vendor that we believe better estimate expected prepayment speeds at various interest rate levels. Also related to prepayment speed forecasting, we have enhanced our interest rate risk modeling to better capture prepayment premium income that we collect when certain home equity loans prepay.

Economic Value Change Method

                                         
Present Value at December 31, 2003,
Change in Interest Rates of:

-2% -1% Current +1% +2%





(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Sensitive Assets
                                       
Loans and other assets
  $ 3,453,288     $ 3,421,142     $ 3,385,040     $ 3,350,354     $ 3,313,207  
Loans held for sale
    894,933       891,342       884,803       880,037       873,035  
Mortgage servicing rights
    173,392       237,872       390,804       540,952       611,907  
Residual interests
    75,161       73,922       71,491       68,829       65,212  
Interest sensitive financial derivatives
    127,687       108,975       (22,099 )     (90,356 )     (153,868 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive assets
    4,724,461       4,733,253       4,710,039       4,749,816       4,709,493  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest Sensitive Liabilities
                                       
Deposits
    (2,907,674 )     (2,890,246 )     (2,871,552 )     (2,853,904 )     (2,836,736 )
Short-term borrowings(1)
    (531,830 )     (531,723 )     (531,298 )     (530,877 )     (530,456 )
Long-term debt
    (753,361 )     (743,361 )     (731,739 )     (719,054 )     (706,510 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive liabilities
    (4,192,865 )     (4,165,330 )     (4,134,589 )     (4,103,835 )     (4,073,702 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2003
  $ 531,596     $ 567,923     $ 575,450     $ 645,981     $ 635,791  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Change from current
  $ (43,854 )   $ (7,527 )   $     $ 70,531     $ 60,341  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2002
  $ 449,493     $ 444,059     $ 456,510     $ 518,260     $ 534,107  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Potential change
  $ (7,017 )   $ (12,451 )   $     $ 61,750     $ 77,597  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Includes certain debt which is categorized as collateralized debt in other sections of this document.

70


Table of Contents

GAAP-Based Value Change Method

                                         
Present Value at December 31, 2003,
Change in Interest Rates of:

-2% -1% Current +1% +2%





(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Sensitive Assets
                                       
Loans and other assets(1)
  $     $     $     $     $  
Loans held for sale
    883,895       883,895       883,895       879,151       872,168  
Mortgage servicing rights
    173,564       236,989       380,123       422,066       439,133  
Residual interests
    75,161       73,923       71,491       68,830       65,212  
Interest sensitive financial derivatives
    127,687       108,975       (22,099 )     (90,356 )     (153,868 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive assets
    1,260,307       1,303,782       1,313,410       1,279,691       1,222,645  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest Sensitive Liabilities
                                       
Deposits(1)
                             
Short-term borrowings(1)
                             
Long-term debt(1)
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest sensitive liabilities(1)
                             
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2003
  $ 1,260,307     $ 1,303,782     $ 1,313,410     $ 1,279,691     $ 1,222,645  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Change from current
  $ (53,103 )   $ (9,628 )   $     $ (33,719 )   $ (90,765 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net market value as of December 31, 2002
  $ 1,618,460     $ 1,629,506     $ 1,656,461     $ 1,722,027     $ 1,715,012  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Potential change
  $ (38,001 )   $ (26,955 )   $     $ 65,566     $ 58,551  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Value does not change in GAAP presentation.

      Operational risk. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Irwin Financial, like other financial services organizations, is exposed to a variety of operational risks. These risks include regulatory, reputational and legal risks, as well as the potential for processing errors, internal or external fraud, failure of computer systems, and external events that are beyond the control of the Corporation, such as natural disasters.

      Our Board of Directors has ultimate accountability for the level of operational risk assumed by us. The Board guides management by approving our business strategy and significant policies. Our management and Board have also established and continue to improve a control environment that encourages a high degree of awareness and proactivity in alerting senior management and the Board to potential control issues on a timely basis.

      The Board has directed that primary responsibility for the management of operational risk rests with the managers of our business units, who are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control procedures that are appropriate for their operations. In 2002, we started implementing a multi-year program to provide a more integrated firm-wide approach for the identification, measurement, monitoring and mitigation of operational risk. The new enterprise-wide operational risk oversight function reports to the Audit and Risk Management Committee of our Board of Directors and to our Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Committee, which is led by the Chairman of the Board of Directors. We recently established an enterprise-wide compliance oversight function to devote increased attention and resources to banking regulatory compliance as we have grown more complex and as our home equity, commercial finance and mortgage banking businesses are now all being conducted under Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company. The compliance oversight function

71


Table of Contents

reports to our Chief Risk Officer, who in turn reports to the Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors.

      The financial services business is highly regulated. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in substantial monetary or other damages that could be material to our financial position. Statutes and regulations may change in the future. We cannot predict what effect these changes, if made, will have on our operations. It should be noted that the supervision, regulation and examination of banks, thrifts and mortgage companies by regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and other customers rather than shareholders of these institutions.

      We are registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the related regulations, referred to as the BHC act. We are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, and as part of this process we must file reports and additional information with the Federal Reserve. The regulation, supervision and examinations occur at the local, state and federal levels and involve, but are not limited to minimum capital requirements, consumer protection, community reinvestment, and deposit insurance.

 
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

      In the normal course of business we are party to certain financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financial needs of our customers. These financial instruments include loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet.

      Our exposure to credit loss, in the form of nonperformance by the counterparty on commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Collateral pledged for standby letters of credit and commitments varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; and residential real estate. Total outstanding commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were $546.5 million and $495.6 million. These loan commitments include $418.6 million of floating rate loan commitments and $127.9 million of fixed rate loan commitments. We had $30.8 million and $24.6 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
Derivative Financial Instruments

      Financial derivatives are used as part of the overall asset/liability risk management process. We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as other assets and other liabilities and marked to market on the consolidated income statements. While we do not seek hedge accounting treatment for the assets that these instruments are hedging, the economic purpose of these instruments is to manage the risk inherent in existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

      We entered into an interest rate swap that has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount at risk) of $25 million as of December 31, 2003. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon one-month LIBOR. We recognized a gain of $0.3 million included in other income during the year ended December 31, 2003 related to this swap.

      We enter into forward contracts to protect against interest rate fluctuations from the date of mortgage loan commitment until the loans are sold. At December 31, 2003, we designated the portion of these transactions hedging the closed mortgage loans as hedges that qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The notional amount of our forward contracts (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaled $0.9 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The closed mortgage loans hedged by forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The basis of the hedged closed loans is adjusted for change in value associated with the risk being hedged. We value closed loan contracts at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. The unrealized loss on our forward contracts at December 31, 2003 was $3.2 million and the hedge

72


Table of Contents

ineffectiveness for the year then ended was a loss of $16.2 million. The effect of these hedging activities was recorded through earnings as a component of gain from sale of loans.

      We enter into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives and are recorded at fair value. We value these commitments at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. A net decrease in fair value of these derivatives totaling $27.6 million was recorded in 2003 as gain from sale of loans. At December 31, 2003, we had a notional amount of rate lock commitments outstanding totaling $0.7 billion with a fair value of $3.8 million. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk.

      Our commercial finance line of business has, on four occasions in 2003, delivered fixed rate leases into conduits that fund them using floating rate commercial paper, which creates an interest rate risk mismatch.

  •  In two instances, this funding mismatch is hedged with a combination of amortizing interest rate caps and Eurodollar futures contracts. The interest rate caps have a strike price of 5% and provide protection against a large increase in short-term interest rates. As of year end, the notional value and year-to-date loss on the interest rate caps were $47.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. In addition, we also used Eurodollar futures contracts to hedge rate risk in this structure. As of December 31, 2003, the total notional amount and year-to-date gain on the Eurodollar futures were $120.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
 
  •  In the fourth quarter of 2003, we delivered fixed rate leases into a second commercial paper conduit. Although the leases and funding were in Canadian dollars (CAD), the interest rate mismatch was similar in nature to that described above. To hedge the mismatch between fixed rate CAD-denominated leases and floating rate CAD commercial paper, we entered into an amortizing CAD interest rate swap in which we pay a fixed rate of interest and receive a floating rate. The U.S. dollar-equivalents of the CAD-based notional and year-to-date gain on these swaps at December 31, 2003 were $74.5 million and $33 thousand, respectively.

      Our home equity line of business originates a relatively small amount of first mortgage loans. We enter into forward commitments to protect against interest rate fluctuation between the date of origination until a sale price is locked in. These loans are typically sold within a month of origination. As of year end, we had outstanding commitments with a notional amount of $2.4 million. We recorded a derivative loss on this activity of $0.2 million in 2003.

      Certain of our home equity fixed rate residual interests are funded with floating rate liabilities. To manage such mismatches, we own three interest rate caps, which had a fair value of $0.4 million and a notional amount of $57.4 million at December 31, 2003. We classify interest rate caps as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and carry them at their fair values. Two of the interest rate caps qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. As a result, a negative adjustment to fair value of $25 thousand net of tax on these cash flow derivatives was recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income in 2003. We record adjustments to fair value for the third interest rate cap, which does not qualify for hedge accounting, as other income on the consolidated income statements. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded a $14 thousand loss related to this derivative product.

      We manage the interest rate risk associated with our mortgage servicing rights through the use of Eurodollar futures contracts and interest rate options. The financial instrument underlying the Eurodollar futures contracts is based on the three-month LIBOR rate. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded losses of $0.3 million on these derivatives. Both the futures contracts and options were marked-to-market and included in other assets with changes in value recorded in the consolidated income statements as derivative gains. At December 31, 2003, we held $8 billion in notional amount of Eurodollar contracts, with expirations that ranged from the first quarter of 2004 to the fourth quarter of 2009. We also held open swaption positions with a notional value totaling $10 billion at December 31, 2003, with a final maturity of January 2, 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded losses on swaptions, including premiums paid, totaling $21.2 million. The size and mix of these positions change during the year, so period-end

73


Table of Contents

positions may not be indicative of our net risk exposure throughout the year. Notional amounts do not represent the amount at risk.

      We own foreign currency forward contracts to protect the U.S. dollar value of intercompany loans made to Onset Capital Corporation that are denominated in Canadian dollars. We had a notional amount of $79.1 million in forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized losses on these contracts of $23.0 million. These contracts are marked-to-market with gains and losses included in other expense on the consolidated income statements. The foreign currency transaction gain on the intercompany loans was $22.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      The quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are reported in the Interest Rate Risk section of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” found on pages 65 through 69.

 
Item 8. Financial Statements
 
Management Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting

      The management of Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries has the responsibility of preparing the accompanying financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The statements were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and are not misstated due to fraud or material error. The financial statements include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management also prepared the other information in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.

      Our financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent certified public accountants. Management has made available to PricewaterhouseCoopers all of Irwin Financial’s financial records and related data, as well as the minutes of stockholders’ and directors’ meetings. Furthermore, management believes that all representations made to PricewaterhouseCoopers during its audit were valid and appropriate.

      Our management has established and maintains a system of internal control that provides reasonable, but not absolute, assurance as to the integrity and reliability of the financial statements, the protection of assets from unauthorized use or disposition, and the prevention and detection of fraudulent financial reporting. Assessments of the system of internal control are based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management continually monitors the system of internal control for compliance. Management has developed Risk and Control Summaries (RACs) for all significant operating and reporting processes in the Corporation. These RACs describe and address the risk controls we have in place and identify areas of potential weakness. The RACs form the basis of our efforts to assess internal controls as required under Sarbanes-Oxley section 404a. Irwin Financial maintains an internal auditing program that independently (reporting directly to the Audit Risk and Management Committee of the Board of Directors) assesses the effectiveness of the internal controls and recommends possible improvements. In addition, as part of its audit of our financial statements, PricewaterhouseCoopers completed an assessment of selected internal accounting controls to establish a basis for reliance on these controls in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit-tests to be applied. Management has considered the internal auditor’s and PricewaterhouseCoopers’ recommendations concerning our system of internal control and has taken actions to respond appropriately to these recommendations that we believe are cost effective in the circumstances. Management believes that our system of internal control is adequate to accomplish the objectives discussed herein.

74


Table of Contents

      Management also recognized its responsibility for fostering a strong ethical climate so that our affairs are conducted according to the highest standards of personal and corporate conduct. This responsibility is articulated in our Guiding Philosophy, a condensed version of which has been published in our annual report since 1995. Employees at all levels of the Corporation are trained in our Guiding Philosophy. This responsibility is also reflected in our Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct addresses, among other things, the necessity of ensuring open communication within Irwin Financial; potential conflicts of interest; compliance with all domestic and foreign laws, including those related to financial disclosures; and confidentiality of proprietary information. We maintain a systematic program to assess compliance with these policies.

     

-s- William K. Miller


William I. Miller
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
  -s- Gregory F. Ehlinger


Gregory F. Ehlinger
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

75


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Irwin Financial Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

-s- PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 19, 2004

76


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                       
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents — Note 2
  $ 140,810     $ 157,771  
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    81,166       34,418  
Residual interests — Note 3
    71,491       157,514  
Investment securities — held-to-maturity (Fair value: $24,971 in 2003 and $5,644 in 2002) — Note 4
    24,956       5,349  
Investment securities — available-for-sale — Note 4
    67,569       62,599  
Loans held for sale
    883,895       1,314,849  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income — Note 5
    3,161,054       2,815,276  
Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses — Note 6
    (64,285 )     (50,936 )
     
     
 
      3,096,769       2,764,340  
Servicing assets — Note 7
    380,123       174,935  
Accounts receivable — Note 2
    62,045       55,928  
Accrued interest receivable
    15,502       15,263  
Premises and equipment — Note 8
    32,208       32,398  
Other assets
    131,825       135,028  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 4,988,359     $ 4,910,392  
     
     
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Deposits
               
 
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 850,529     $ 821,814  
 
Interest-bearing
    1,352,763       1,170,126  
 
Certificates of deposit over $100,000
    696,370       701,870  
     
     
 
      2,899,662       2,693,810  
Short-term borrowings — Note 10
    429,758       993,124  
Collateralized debt— Note 11
    590,131       391,425  
Other long-term debt — Note 12
    270,184       30,070  
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trust — Note 12
          233,000  
Other liabilities
    366,364       208,408  
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities
    4,556,099       4,549,837  
     
     
 
Commitments and contingencies — Note 13 and Note 15
               
Shareholders’ equity
               
 
Preferred stock, no par value — authorized 4,000,000 shares; none issued
           
 
Common stock, no par value — authorized 40,000,000 shares; issued 29,612,080 shares as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively; including 1,477,778 and 1,840,623 shares in treasury as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively
    112,000       112,000  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    1,264       3,606  
 
Deferred compensation
    (504 )     (240 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax liability of $120 and benefit of $336 in 2003 and 2002, respectively
    182       (1,142 )
 
Retained earnings
    352,647       287,662  
     
     
 
      465,589       401,886  
     
Less treasury stock, at cost
    (33,329 )     (41,331 )
     
     
 
     
Total shareholders’ equity
    432,260       360,555  
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 4,988,359     $ 4,910,392  
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

77


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                             
For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands,
except for per share)
Interest income:
                       
Loans and leases
  $ 241,592     $ 218,718     $ 128,458  
Loans held for sale
    104,350       55,336       102,383  
Residual interests
    20,651       34,164       32,029  
Investment securities
    4,273       3,120       5,155  
Federal funds sold
    118       104       257  
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income
    370,984       311,442       268,282  
     
     
     
 
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    42,365       54,361       73,340  
Short-term borrowings
    14,889       15,003       29,656  
Collateralized debt
    15,369       5,932        
Other long-term debt
    2,325       2,699       2,320  
Preferred securities distribution
    24,151       19,800       15,767  
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest expense
    99,099       97,795       121,083  
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    271,885       213,647       147,199  
Provision for loan and lease losses — Note 6
    47,583       43,996       17,505  
     
     
     
 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    224,302       169,651       129,694  
     
     
     
 
Other income:
                       
Loan servicing fees
    106,966       73,505       67,362  
Amortization of servicing assets — Note 7
    (135,519 )     (62,191 )     (38,813 )
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets — Note 7
    44,516       (146,370 )     (11,321 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net loan administration income (loss)
    15,963       (135,056 )     17,228  
     
     
     
 
Gain from sales of loans
    364,644       237,729       257,873  
(Loss) gain on sale of mortgage servicing assets
    (271 )     14,842       8,394  
Trading losses
    (52,242 )     (26,032 )     (38,420 )
Derivative (losses) gains
    (20,986 )     125,474       5,959  
Other
    22,191       18,039       6,291  
     
     
     
 
      329,299       234,996       257,325  
     
     
     
 
Other expense:
                       
Salaries
    225,348       165,564       170,254  
Pension and other employee benefits
    42,608       33,928       26,870  
Office expense
    21,804       18,225       14,698  
Premises and equipment
    41,746       34,392       31,420  
Marketing and development
    15,132       12,296       13,618  
Professional fees
    12,417       9,611       10,371  
Other
    76,144       44,400       45,588  
     
     
     
 
      435,199       318,416       312,819  
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    118,402       86,231       74,200  
Provision for income taxes
    45,585       33,398       28,859  
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    72,817       52,833       45,341  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
          495       175  
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle: Note 20
                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.61     $ 1.97     $ 2.14  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 2.45     $ 1.87     $ 1.99  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share: Note 20
                       
 
Basic
  $ 2.61     $ 1.99     $ 2.15  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 2.45     $ 1.89     $ 2.00  
     
     
     
 
Dividends per share
  $ 0.28     $ 0.27     $ 0.26  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

78


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001
                                                                     
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Additional
Retained Income Deferred Paid in Common Preferred Treasury
Total Earnings (Loss) Compensation Capital Stock Stock Stock








(Dollars in thousands)
Balance January 1, 2001
  $ 188,870     $ 201,729     $ (459 )   $ (503 )   $ 4,331     $ 29,965     $ 1,386     $ (47,579 )
 
Net income
    45,516       45,516                                                  
 
Unrealized gain on investment securities net of $53 tax liability
    80               80                                          
 
Foreign currency adjustment net of $221 tax benefit
    (333 )             (333 )                                        
 
Minimum pension liability net of $257 tax liability
    387               387                                          
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    45,650                                                          
Deferred compensation
    54                       54                                  
Cash dividends
    (5,520 )     (5,520 )                                                
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    2,451                               2,451                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 136,089 shares
    (3,223 )                                                     (3,223 )
 
Sales of 415,261 shares
    3,383                               (2,356 )                     5,739  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2001
  $ 231,665     $ 241,725     $ (325 )   $ (449 )   $ 4,426     $ 29,965     $ 1,386     $ (45,063 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    53,328       53,328                                                  
 
Unrealized loss on derivatives net of $115 tax benefit
    (172 )             (172 )                                        
 
Unrealized loss on investment securities net of $49 tax benefit
    (73 )             (73 )                                        
 
Foreign currency adjustment net of $45 tax liability
    67               67                                          
 
Minimum SERP liability
    (639 )             (639 )                                        
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    52,511                                                          
Other adjustments
    287       78               209                                  
Cash dividends
    (7,469 )     (7,469 )                                                
Sale of 6,210,000 shares of common stock
    82,035                                       82,035                  
Conversion of preferred stock to 120,441 shares common
                                                  (1,386 )     1,386  
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    516                               516                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 58,635 shares
    (1,176 )                                                     (1,176 )
 
Sales of 194,518 shares
    2,186                               (1,336 )                     3,522  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2002
  $ 360,555     $ 287,662     $ (1,142 )   $ (240 )   $ 3,606     $ 112,000     $     $ (41,331 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    72,817       72,817                                                  
 
Unrealized loss on derivatives net of $17 tax benefit
    (25 )             (25 )                                        
 
Unrealized loss on investment securities net of $46 tax benefit
    (69 )             (69 )                                        
 
Foreign currency adjustment net of $757 tax liability
    1,136               1,136                                          
 
Minimum SERP liability net of $188 tax liability
    282               282                                          
     
                                                         
   
Total comprehensive income
    74,141                                                          
Other adjustments
    (264 )                     (264 )                                
Cash dividends
    (7,832 )     (7,832 )                                                
Tax benefit on stock option exercises
    2,032                               2,032                          
Treasury stock:
                                                               
 
Purchase of 170,940 shares
    (4,201 )                                                     (4,201 )
 
Sales of 533,785 shares
    7,829                               (4,374 )                     12,203  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance December 31, 2003
  $ 432,260     $ 352,647     $ 182     $ (504 )   $ 1,264     $ 112,000     $     $ (33,329 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

79


Table of Contents

IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                           
For the Years Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion, net
    9,433       11,451       9,097  
Amortization and impairment of servicing assets
    91,003       208,561       50,134  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    47,583       43,996       17,505  
Deferred income tax
    43,259       (55,171 )     26,245  
Loss (gain) on sale of mortgage servicing assets
    271       (14,842 )     (8,394 )
Gain from sales of loans
    (364,644 )     (237,729 )     (257,873 )
Originations of loans held for sale
    (24,393,534 )     (12,226,408 )     (10,375,401 )
Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing assets
    89       40,597       11,979  
Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale
    25,005,632       11,469,245       10,230,049  
Net decrease (increase) in residual interests
    86,023       41,558       (61,763 )
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
    (6,118 )     (14,100 )     27,228  
Other, net
    5,097       32,657       14,092  
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    596,911       (646,857 )     (271,586 )
     
     
     
 
Lending and investing activities:
                       
Proceeds from maturities/calls of investment securities:
                       
 
Held-to-maturity
    682       716       4,114  
 
Available-for-sale
    78,886       5,665       2,441  
Purchase of investment securities:
                       
 
Held-to-maturity
    (21,333 )           (437 )
 
Available-for-sale
    (82,868 )     (35,660 )     (7,692 )
Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    (46,748 )     (20,690 )     22,153  
Net increase in loans, excluding sales
    (422,569 )     (718,319 )     (733,698 )
Proceeds from the sales of loans
    45,454       27,024       149,957  
Other, net
    (7,484 )     (4,931 )     (10,760 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash used by lending and investing activities
    (455,980 )     (746,195 )     (573,922 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities:
                       
Net increase in deposits
    205,851       385,382       865,688  
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
    (563,366 )     505,161       12,461  
(Repayments of) proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    (11 )     70        
Net proceeds from issuance of collateralized debt
    443,989       434,968        
Repayments of collateralized debt
    (242,327 )     (43,543 )      
Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities
    50,000       34,500       45,000  
Redemption of trust preferred securities
    (50,000 )            
Proceeds from sale of stock for equity offering
          82,035        
Purchase of treasury stock for employee benefit plans
    (4,201 )     (1,176 )     (3,223 )
Proceeds from sale of stock for employee benefit plans
    9,777       2,702       5,834  
Dividends paid
    (7,832 )     (7,469 )     (5,520 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (158,120 )     1,392,630       920,240  
     
     
     
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    228       (30 )     (2 )
     
     
     
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (16,961 )     (452 )     74,730  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    157,771       158,223       83,493  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 140,810     $ 157,771     $ 158,223  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the period:
                       
 
Interest
  $ 102,459     $ 104,461     $ 123,058  
     
     
     
 
 
Income taxes
  $ 43,007     $ 49,185     $ 7,357  
     
     
     
 
Non-cash transactions:
                       
 
Loans sold, eligible for repurchase
  $ 115,948     $     $  
     
     
     
 
 
Conversion of convertible trust preferred to common stock
  $ 83     $     $  
     
     
     
 
 
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
  $     $ 1,386     $  
     
     
     
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale transferred to loans and leases
  $     $     $ 327,700  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Consolidation: Irwin Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Corporation) provide financial services throughout the United States and Canada. We are engaged in the mortgage banking, commercial banking, home equity lending, commercial finance, and venture capital lines of business. Our direct and indirect subsidiaries include Irwin Mortgage Corporation, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., Irwin Home Equity Corporation, Irwin Commercial Finance Corporation, and Irwin Ventures LLC. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Corporation does not meet the criteria as primary beneficiary for our wholly-owned Trusts holding our company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities established by Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” As a result, these Trusts are not consolidated.

      Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      Foreign Currency: Assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at rates prevailing on the balance sheet date; income and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. Unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

      Investment Securities: Those investment securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount (adjusted cost). Investment securities that might be sold prior to maturity are classified as “available-for-sale” and are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale investment securities, net of the future tax impact, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Investment securities gains and losses are based on the adjusted cost of the specific investment security determined on a specific identification basis.

      Residual Interests: Residual interests are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are included in earnings. In the past, when we sold receivables in securitizations of home equity loans and lines of credit, we retained residual interests, a servicing asset, one or more subordinated tranches, and in some cases a cash reserve account, all of which are retained interests in the securitized receivables. Gain or loss on the sale of the receivables depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer.

      To obtain fair value of residual interests, quoted market prices are used if available. However, quotes are generally not available for residual interests, so we generally estimate fair value based on the present value of expected cash flows using estimates of the key assumptions — prepayment speeds, credit losses, forward yield curves, and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved — that management believes market participants would use to value similar assets. Adjustments to carrying values are recorded as trading gains or losses.

      Loans Held For Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on an aggregate basis for both performing and nonperforming loans. Cost basis includes deferred origination fees and costs. Loans held for sale that qualify for hedge accounting are carried at fair value. Fair value is determined based on the contract price at which the mortgage loans will be sold.

      Loans: Loans are carried at amortized cost. Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and the net amounts are amortized as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. When loans are sold, deferred fees and costs are included with outstanding principal balances to determine gains or losses. Interest income on loans is computed daily based on the principal amount of loans outstanding. The accrual of interest income is

81


Table of Contents

generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the estimated net realizable value of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance and accrued interest.

      Direct Financing Leases: Interest and service charges, net of initial direct costs, are deferred and reported as income in decreasing amounts over the life of the lease, which generally average three to four years, so as to provide an approximate constant yield on the outstanding principal balance.

      Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: The allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate based on our judgment applying the principles of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures.” The allowance is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. We perform an assessment of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis.

      Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components. The specific loss component is assessed for loans we believe to be impaired under SFAS 114. We have defined impairment as nonaccrual loans. An allowance is established when the collateral value, observable market price or discounted cash flows of an impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. In addition to establishing allowance levels for specifically identified higher risk graded loans, management determines an allowance for all other loans in the portfolio for which historical experience indicates that certain losses exist. These loans are segregated by major product type, and in some instances, by aging, with an estimated loss ratio applied against each product type and aging category. The loss ratio is generally based upon historic loss experience for each loan type as adjusted for certain environmental factors management believes to be relevant.

      Servicing Assets: When we securitize or sell loans, we generally retain the right to service the underlying loans sold. A portion of the cost basis of loans sold is allocated to this servicing asset based on its fair value relative to the loans sold and the servicing asset combined. We use the market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts, when available, or alternatively use valuation models that calculate the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of the servicing assets. In using this valuation method, we incorporate assumptions that we believe market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which include estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, the discount rate, float value, an inflation rate, ancillary income per loan, prepayment speeds, and default rates. Servicing assets are amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans in proportion to estimated net servicing income.

      In determining servicing value impairment, the servicing portfolio is stratified into its predominant risk characteristics, principally by interest rate and product type. Effective as of June 30, 2003, we lowered our lowest interest rate stratum from 7% to 5% and split our interest strata by government and conventional loans. We made these changes in our interest rate and product type strata in response to significant changes in economic conditions and in our portfolio that caused a change in predominant risk characteristics. Because our strata changes were prompted largely by changes in economic facts and circumstances, they were accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate. Each stratum is valued using market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts when available, or alternatively, using the same model as was used to originally determine the fair value at origination using current market assumptions. The calculated value is then compared with the book value of each stratum to determine the required reserve for impairment. The impairment reserve fluctuates as interest rates change and, therefore, no reasonable estimate can be made as to future increases or declines in impaired reserve levels. We also compare actual cash collections to projected cash collections and adjust our models as appropriate. In addition, we periodically have independent valuations performed on the portfolio. Other than temporary impairment is recorded to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to be recovered in market value. There is no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affects only balance sheet accounts. However, a write-down will result in a reduction of amortization expense and potentially reduced recovery of impairment in future periods.

82


Table of Contents

      Derivative Instruments: All derivative instruments have been recorded at fair value and are classified as other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The adoption of SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” on January 1, 2001 resulted in a cumulative change in accounting principle, increasing net income by $175 thousand in 2001.

      Derivative instruments that are used in our risk management strategy may qualify for hedge accounting if the derivatives are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges and applicable hedge criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective (as defined by SFAS 133) and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item, are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective (as defined by SFAS 133) and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are recognized from the underlying hedged item. Net gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are recorded in current period earnings.

      We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as other assets or other liabilities and marked to market in the consolidated income statements. While we do not seek hedge accounting treatment for these instruments, their economic purpose is to manage the risk of existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

      Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

      Venture Capital Investments: Venture capital investments held by Irwin Ventures are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in other income. The investment committee of Irwin Ventures determines the value of these nonpublicly traded investments at the end of each reporting period based upon review of the investee’s financial results, condition, and prospects. Changes in estimated fair values can also be made when an event such as a new round of funding from other private equity investors would cause a change in estimated market value. In the future, should the company have investments in publicly-traded securities, it would look to the traded market value of the investments as the basis of its mark-to-market.

      Other Assets: Included in other assets are real estate properties acquired as a result of foreclosure. Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the related loan or fair value of the property less estimated costs to sell.

      Income Taxes: A consolidated tax return is filed for all eligible entities. Deferred income taxes are computed using the liability method, which establishes a deferred tax asset or liability based on temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and the basis recorded in the financial statements.

      Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the statement of cash flows, we consider cash and due from banks to be cash equivalents.

      Stock-Based Employee Compensation: We have two stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 19. We use the intrinsic value method to account for our plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income for any of the periods presented, as all options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. To date, the Board of Directors has not chosen to expense stock options. The Board wishes to analyze new guidance from the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or other relevant authority regarding the standardization of valuation methods, should such guidance be forthcoming. In the absence of a uniform valuation method for public companies, we will continue to disclose the impact of expensing stock options, using our valuation method, which is based on a Black-Scholes model using assumptions management believes to be reasonable. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we

83


Table of Contents

had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to stock-based employee compensation:
                           
2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income as reported
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (2,683 )     (2,639 )     (1,887 )
     
     
     
 
Proforma net income
  $ 70,134     $ 50,689     $ 43,629  
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.61     $ 1.99     $ 2.15  
 
Pro forma
  $ 2.51     $ 1.89     $ 2.06  
Diluted earnings per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.45     $ 1.89     $ 2.00  
 
Pro forma
  $ 2.36     $ 1.80     $ 1.92  

      In determining compensation expense above, the fair value of each option was estimated to be $9.70, $6.99, and $11.43 on the date of the grant with the following assumptions for 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively: risk free interest rates of 3.90%, 4.54%, and 5.26%; dividend yield of 1.00% and volatility of 40% for 2003, 2002 and 2001; and a weighted average expected life of seven years in 2003 and 2002 and ten years in 2001.

      Recent Accounting Developments: We adopted FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” which elaborates on the disclosures about certain guarantees that are issued. Guarantors are required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. They are also required to disclose (a) the nature of the guarantee, including the approximate term, how it arose, and the events that would require performance under the guarantee; (b) the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantee; (c) the carrying amount of the liability; and (d) the nature and extent of any recourse provisions or available collateral that would enable recovery of any amounts paid under the guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions were applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirement became effective on December 15, 2002. See Note 16, “Guarantees,” for a discussion of our guarantees existing at December 31, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” which requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. The primary beneficiary is the party that absorbs a majority of expected losses, receives a majority of expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests, which are the ownership, contractual, or other pecuniary interests in the entity. They are required to disclose the (a) nature, purpose, size, and activities of the variable interest entity, (b) the carrying amount and classification of assets that are collateral, and (c) any lack of recourse by creditors to the primary beneficiary. If a primary interest is not held, but a significant variable interest is held, disclosure requirements include (1) the nature, purpose, size and activities of the variable interest entity, (2) exposure to loss, (3) the date and nature of involvement with the entity. This interpretation applies immediately to variable interests created or obtained after January 31, 2003 for interim periods beginning after June 15, 2003.

      We adopted FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003 and as a result, deconsolidated IFC Capital Trust II, IFC Capital Trust III, IFC Capital Trust IV, IFC Capital Trust V, IFC Capital Trust VI, and IFC Statutory Trust VII (IFC Trusts). The sole assets of the IFC Trusts are subordinated debentures of Irwin Financial Corporation. The IFC Trusts’ liabilities are represented by Trust Preferred Securities, which have previously been listed as “Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts” on our

84


Table of Contents

consolidated balance sheets. Under FIN 46, the subordinated debentures, which are substantially equal in amount to the Trust Preferred Securities, cease to be eliminated in consolidation and are included in “other long-term debt” in our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2003. Details about the IFC Trusts and debentures can be found in Note 12, “Other Long-Term Debt.”

      The Trust Preferred Securities currently qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital. The subordinated debentures do not qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital, but do qualify for Tier 2 regulatory capital and we believe would continue to be treated as such should the Federal Reserve modify its capital rules due to FIN 46. The Federal Reserve Board has not reached final conclusion on the continued qualification of Trust Preferred Securities but has indicated that until further notice, Trust Preferred Securities will continue to count as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Should the Federal Reserve Board reach a conclusion that Trust Preferred Securities would cease to qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital, our Tier 1 regulatory capital would be reduced by approximately $143 million. Our Total Capital ratios, including Tier 2 Capital, would remain unchanged and we would maintain capital levels above our policy limits.

      On April 30, 2003 the FASB issued Statement 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 149), which amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. SFAS 149 applies to mortgage loan commitments entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. For these commitments we use a risk management strategy of locking in a price at which we will sell loans at a future price. Accordingly, these contracts are marked to market through earnings. We adopted SFAS 149 as of the effective date and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (SFAS 150)”, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. It is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in an accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of SFAS 150 and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. The adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on our Financial Statements.

      In October 2003, the FASB added a project to it’s agenda to clarify SFAS 133, as amended by SFAS 137, SFAS 138 and SFAS 149, with respect to determining the fair value of interest rate lock commitments (IRLC). Specifically, the FASB project will address what information should be used to determine the fair value of an IRLC and whether an IRLC should ever be reported as an asset by the issuer. In December 2003, the SEC staff announced that it intends to release a Staff Accounting Bulletin that will require IRLCs issued after April 1, 2004, be accounted for as written options that would be reported as a liability until expiration or termination of the commitment. Similar to many companies in the mortgage industry, we currently recognize IRLCs as assets on the date of interest rate lock commitment. The IRLC asset that was recorded in other assets and gain on sale of loans at December 31, 2003 was $3.8 million. Neither the FASB nor the SEC have issued final technical guidance in this area and as such it is not possible to know for certain the impact of this guidance. However, we believe that the primary effect will be moving the recognition of loan sale gain on first mortgages from interest rate lock commitment date to loan sale date.

      Reclassifications: Certain amounts in the 2002 and 2001 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation. These changes had no impact on previously reported net income or shareholders’ equity.

Note 2 — Restrictions on Cash and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Financial Institutions

      Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. are required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The total reserve balance at December 31, 2003 was $8.6 million. Additionally, we are required to maintain reserve funds in connection with certain loan securitization activities. Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2003 is $0.1 million of these reserve funds.

85


Table of Contents

Note 3 — Sales of Receivables

      Under our past securitization program, home equity loans were sold to limited purpose, bankruptcy-remote wholly-owned subsidiaries. In turn, these subsidiaries established separate trusts to which they transferred the home equity loans in exchange for the proceeds from the sale of asset-backed securities issued by the trust. The trusts’ activities are generally limited to acquiring the home equity loans, issuing asset-backed securities and making payments on the securities. Due to the nature of the assets held by the trusts and the limited nature of each trust’s activities, they are classified as qualified special-purpose entities under SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”

      Prior to 2003, we sold home equity loans and lines of credit in gain-on-sale securitization transactions resulting in the creation of residual interests. We held residual interests totaling $70.5 million and $157.1 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We receive annual servicing fees of approximately 0.5% to 1.0% of the outstanding balance and rights to future cash flows arising after the investors in the securitization trust have received the return for which they contracted. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to our other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. Our residual interests are subordinate to investor’s interests. The value of the residual interests are subject to prepayment, credit, and interest rate risks in the transferred financial assets.

      We recognized pretax gains on sale of $2.5 million and $91.4 million on the securitization of home equity loans and lines of credit at our home equity line of business during 2002 and 2001, respectively. No securitizations accounted for as gain on sale took place in 2003. No residual interests of this type have been created since the first quarter of 2002.

      In accounting for the residual assets, we analyze interests on a tranche by tranche basis and perform analysis at the loan level. Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of residual interests at the date of securitization resulting from the one securitization completed during the year 2002 were as follows:

     
Prepayment speed (annual rate)
  22.00%
Weighted-average life (in years)
   2.83
Expected credit losses (annual rate)
   1.14%
Residual cash flows discounted at
  18.00
Interest rates on adjustable notes
  LIBOR plus contractual spread ranging from 22 to 200 basis points

      At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of all residual cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 25 percent adverse changes in those assumptions were as follows:

         
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit

(Dollars in thousands)
Balance sheet carrying value of residual interests — fair value
  $ 70,519  
Weighted-average life (in years)
    1.21  
Prepayment speed assumptions (annual rate)
    37.82 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (688 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (2,044 )
Expected credit losses (annual rate)
    8.14 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (4,905 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (12,129 )
Residual cash flows discount rate (annual rate)
    18.82 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (1,356 )
Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change
    (3,304 )

      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent and 25 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated

86


Table of Contents

because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

      Static pool credit losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. The amount shown here for each year is calculated based on all securitizations occurring in that year accounted for using gain-on-sale methodology.

      Actual and projected credit losses (%) as of:

                                                                 
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit Securitized in

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
December 31, 2003







(Dollars in thousands)
Actual to date
    2.30 %     1.05 %     1.27 %     1.69 %     4.38 %     6.32 %     5.39 %     4.69 %
Projected future cumulative
                      0.61       0.56       1.96       3.94       4.37  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total losses
    2.30       1.05       1.27       2.30       4.94       8.28       9.33       9.06  
Original balance securitized
  $ 51,584     $ 139,996     $ 229,994     $ 160,470     $ 433,606     $ 1,128,398     $ 1,042,462     $ 31,708  

      The table below summarizes the cash flows received from (paid to) securitization trusts during the three years ended December 31, 2003, where gain-on-sale accounting was previously applied:

                           
2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Proceeds from new securitizations
  $     $ 31,708     $ 1,072,177  
Collections used by the trust to purchase new home equity loan balances
                6,501  
Servicing fees received
    8,686       14,479       10,741  
Net cash flows received on residual interests(1)
    55,272       53,626       45,645  
Cash received upon release from reserve accounts
    136       271       135  
Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed assets
          (75 )     (701 )
Servicing advances
    (7,199 )     (13,458 )     (42,483 )
Reimbursements of servicing advances
    7,419       15,234       43,319  
Prepayment interest shortfalls paid out as compensating interest
    (2,234 )     (2,664 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 62,080     $ 99,121     $ 1,135,334  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Cash flows received on residual interests are net of $2.1 million, $4.8 million and $31.9 million in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, used to over-collateralize the trusts. During 2002 and 2001, respectively, $48 thousand and $6.0 million was paid to over-collateralize the trusts at the time of securitization.

      Delinquency amounts for the managed portfolio:

                         
Total Principal Amount Delinquent Principal Over 30
of Loans at Days(2) for the Year Ended Delinquency
December 31, 2003 December 31, 2003 Percentage



(Dollars in thousands)
Managed loans comprised of:
                       
Loans held for investment
  $ 695,956     $ 25,926       3.7 %
Loans held for sale
  $ 201,271       206       0.1  
Loans securitized, servicing and residual retained(1)
    616,062       62,687       10.2  
     
     
     
 
Total managed portfolio
  $ 1,513,289     $ 88,819       5.9  
     
     
     
 

87


Table of Contents


(1)  Represents the principal amount of the loan. Residual interests held for securitized assets are excluded from this table because they are recognized separately.
 
(2)  Includes bankruptcies, foreclosures and other real estate owned.

Credit Losses for the Managed Portfolio

      Actual credit losses, net of recoveries during the year ended December 31, 2003 were $72.5 million related to loans securitized and loans held for investment. Of this amount, $21.3 million related to unsold loans while $51.2 million related to securitized loans.

Note 4 — Investment Securities

      The amortized cost, fair value, and carrying value of investment securities held at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

                                           
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Carrying
Cost Gains Losses Value Value





(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
  $ 19,997     $     $     $ 19,997     $ 19,997  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    3,960       8             3,968       3,960  
Mortgage-backed securities
    866       7             873       866  
Other
    133                   133       133  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total held-to-maturity
    24,956       15             24,971       24,956  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
    998             (1 )     997       997  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,208             (35 )     1,173       1,173  
Other
    65,433             (34 )     65,399       65,399  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total available-for-sale
    67,639             (70 )     67,569       67,569  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 92,595     $ 15     $ (70 )   $ 92,540     $ 92,525  
     
     
     
     
     
 

   The amortized cost, fair value, and carrying value of investment securities held at December 31, 2002 were as follows:

                                           
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair Carrying
Cost Gains Losses Value Value





(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
                                       
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
  $ 4,210     $ 299     $     $ 4,509     $ 4,210  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,006             (4 )     1,002       1,006  
Other
    133                   133       133  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total held-to-maturity
    5,349       299       (4 )     5,644       5,349  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and government obligations
    14,992                   14,992       14,992  
Mortgage-backed securities
    722       10             732       732  
Other
    46,883             (8 )     46,875       46,875  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total available-for-sale
    62,597       10       (8 )     62,599       62,599  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 67,946     $ 309     $ (12 )   $ 68,243     $ 67,948  
     
     
     
     
     
 

88


Table of Contents

      Included within available-for-sale investment securities is $63 million and $46 million of FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank stock at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for which there is no readily determinable market value.

      The amortized cost and estimated value of investment securities at December 31, 2003, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                   
Amortized Fair
Cost Value


(Dollars in thousands)
Held-to-Maturity:
               
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 20,250     $ 20,250  
 
Due after five years through ten years
    220       223  
 
Due after ten years
    3,620       3,625  
     
     
 
      24,090       24,098  
Mortgage-backed securities
    866       873  
     
     
 
    $ 24,956     $ 24,971  
     
     
 
Available-for-Sale:
               
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 2,957     $ 2,924  
 
Due after one year through five years
    100       98  
 
Due after ten years
    63,374       63,374  
     
     
 
      66,431       66,396  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,208       1,173  
     
     
 
      67,639       67,569  
     
     
 
 
Total investment securities
  $ 92,595     $ 92,540  
     
     
 

      Investment securities of $1.3 million were pledged and cannot be repledged by holder, as collateral for borrowings and for other purposes on December 31, 2003. During 2003 and 2002, there were no sales or calls on investment securities. In 2001 there were no sales of “available-for-sale” investment securities. In 2001, “held-to-maturity” investment securities totaling $0.3 million were called resulting in an immaterial loss.

Note 5 — Loans and Leases

      Loans and leases are summarized as follows:

                     
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 1,503,619     $ 1,347,962  
Real estate-construction
    306,669       314,851  
Real estate-mortgage
    859,541       777,865  
Consumer
    27,370       27,857  
Direct financing leases
               
   
Domestic
    364,413       291,711  
   
Foreign
    207,355       133,784  
Unearned income
               
   
Domestic
    (78,875 )     (59,287 )
   
Foreign
    (29,038 )     (19,467 )
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 3,161,054     $ 2,815,276  
     
     
 

89


Table of Contents

      At December 31, 2003, we pledged mortgage loans held for investment with a carrying value of $0.6 billion as collateral for bonds payable to investors (See Note 11).

      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are collateralized by $1.0 billion in loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2003.

      Commercial loans are extended primarily to local regional businesses in the market areas of our commercial banking line of business. To a lesser extent, we also provide consumer loans to the customers in those markets. Real estate loans, franchise loans and direct financing leases are extended throughout the United States and Canada.

      We make loans to directors and officers, and to organizations and individuals with which our directors and officers are associated. All outstanding loans and commitments included in such transactions were made in the normal course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. All such loans outstanding at December 31, 2003 were current in payment of principal and interest. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002 represented less than 1% of total equity and is considered immaterial.

Note 6 — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized below:

                         
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 50,936     $ 22,283     $ 13,129  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    47,583       43,996       17,505  
Reduction due to sale of loans and leases and other
    (234 )           (6 )
Reduction due to reclassification of loans
    (690 )            
Foreign currency adjustment
    582       17       (140 )
Recoveries
    3,420       2,870       1,548  
Charge-offs
    (37,312 )     (18,230 )     (9,753 )
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 64,285     $ 50,936     $ 22,283  
     
     
     
 

      At December 31, 2002, we reported impaired loans totaling $50.5 million which included nonaccrual loans of $13.8 million and loans classified by management based upon our internal grading system. This amount included $36.4 million of impaired loans with $7.0 million of related allowance and $14.1 million with no related allowance. At December 31, 2003, impaired loans of $20.4 million include only nonaccrual loans. The 2003 amount includes $9.6 million of impaired loans with $2.8 million of related allowance and $10.8 million of impaired loans with no related allowance. Loans classified by management but not considered impaired at December 31, 2003 totaled $22.5 million with no related allowance.

      For the year ended December 31, 2003, the average balance of impaired loans was $18.3 million, for which $0.5 million of interest was recorded. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, $0.5 million and $2.3 million of interest income was recorded on average impaired loans balances of $42.4 million and $16.6 million.

Note 7 — Servicing Assets

      Included on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were $380.1 million and $174.9 million, respectively, of capitalized servicing assets. These amounts relate to the principal balances of loans serviced by us for investors. Although they are not generally held for purposes of sale, there is an active secondary market for servicing assets.

90


Table of Contents

Mortgage Servicing Asset:

                 
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
  $ 174,935     $ 228,624  
Additions
    296,551       180,627  
Amortization
    (135,519 )     (62,191 )
Recovery of (provision for) impairment
    44,516       (146,370 )
Reduction from servicing sales
    (360 )     (25,755 )
     
     
 
    $ 380,123     $ 174,935  
     
     
 

      We have established a valuation allowance to record servicing assets at their fair market value if less than the carrying value on a strata-by-strata basis. Changes in the allowance are summarized below:

                         
December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 159,865     $ 13,495     $ 14,204  
Provision for (recovery of) impairment
    (44,516 )     146,370       11,321  
Other than temporary impairment(1)
    (38,480 )           (12,030 )
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 76,869     $ 159,865     $ 13,495  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Other than temporary impairment was recorded to reflect our view that the originally recorded value of certain servicing rights and subsequent impairment associated with those rights is unlikely to be recovered in market value. There was no related direct impact on net income as this other than temporary impairment affected only balance sheet accounts. However, the write-down will result in a reduction of amortization expense and potentially reduced recovery of impairment in future periods.

      The servicing assets had a fair value of $393.5 million and $180.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current carrying value of mortgage servicing rights to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows (dollars in thousands):

         
Carrying amount of mortgage servicing rights
  $ 380,123  
Constant prepayment speed
    8.60 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
    (16,516 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (31,058 )
Discount rate
    9.81 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
    (8,970 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (17,482 )

      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in value based on a 10% and 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the servicing asset is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

91


Table of Contents

      The servicing portfolio underlying the portion of our servicing assets carried on our balance sheet was $31.8 billion and $18.6 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Key economic assumptions used in determining the carrying value of mortgage servicing assets capitalized in 2003 were as follows:

         
Prepayment rates
    4.34- 23.55 % (1)
Discount rates
    8.50- 12.00 % (1)

(1)  The mortgage banking component of consolidated servicing assets was 93%. The prepayments rates range from 4.34% to 14.18% and discount rates range from 8.5% to 11.5% at this line of business.

Note 8 — Premises and Equipment

      Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

                           
December 31,

2003 2002 Useful Lives



(Dollars in thousands)
Land
  $ 2,135     $ 2,293       n/a  
Building and leasehold improvements
    22,840       20,115       7-40 years  
Furniture and equipment
    52,096       52,003       3-10 years  
     
     
         
      77,071       74,411          
Less accumulated depreciation
    (44,863 )     (42,013 )        
     
     
         
 
Total
  $ 32,208     $ 32,398          
     
     
         

      Amounts charged to other expense for depreciation amounted to $7.7 million, $7.5 million, and $5.2 million in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Note 9 — Lease Obligations

      At December 31, 2003, we leased certain branch locations and office equipment used in our operations.

      Operating lease rental expense was $26.0 million in 2003, $21.6 million in 2002, and $19.8 million in 2001.

      The future minimum rental payments required under noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are summarized as follows:

           
Year ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands)
2004
  $ 17,243  
2005
    14,206  
2006
    11,160  
2007
    6,823  
2008
    3,451  
Thereafter
    9,639  
     
 
 
Total minimum rental payments
  $ 62,522  
     
 

92


Table of Contents

Note 10 — Short-Term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows:

                 
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Drafts payable related to mortgage loan closings
  $ 72,686     $ 200,701  
Commercial paper
    16,415       14,121  
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
    286,000       527,000  
Federal funds
    53,600       30,000  
Lines of credit and other borrowings
    1,057       221,302  
     
     
 
    $ 429,758     $ 993,124  
     
     
 
Weighted average interest rate
    1.61 %     2.30 %

      Drafts payable are related to mortgage closings at the end of December which have not been presented to the banks for payment. When presented for payment, these borrowings will be funded internally or by borrowing from the lines of credit.

      Commercial paper is payable to a company controlled by a significant shareholder and director of the Corporation.

      Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are collateralized by $1.0 billion in loans and loans held for sale at December 31, 2003.

      At December 31, 2003 we have lines of credit available of $1.2 billion to fund loan originations and operations. Interest on the lines of credit is payable monthly or quarterly with rates ranging from 1.60% to 2.37%.

Note 11 — Collateralized Borrowings

      We pledge or sell loans structured as secured financings at our home equity and commercial finance lines of business. Sale treatment is precluded on these transactions by failing the true-sale requirements of SFAS 140 as we maintain effective control over the loans and leases securitized. This type of structure results in cash being received, debt being recorded, and the establishment of an allowance for credit losses. The notes associated with these transactions are collateralized by $0.6 billion in home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, and leases. The principal and interest on these debt securities are paid using the cash flows from the underlying loans and leases. Accordingly, the timing of the principal payments on these debt securities is dependent on the payments received on the underlying collateral. The interest rates on the bonds are at a floating rate. We have an interest only senior note on both securitizations at the home equity lending line of business which as of December 31, 2003 had a combined notional balance of $61.7 million (which does not represent the amount at risk). These senior notes pay interest at 10% and mature on December 25, 2004 and September 25, 2005.

93


Table of Contents

      Collateralized borrowings are summarized as follows:

                                     
Interest Rate at
December 31, December 31, December 31,
Contractual Maturity 2003 2003 2002




(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial finance line of business
                               
2003 domestic asset backed note
    7/4/2010       2.14 %   $ 51,694          
2003 Canadian asset backed note
    11/1/2008       3.63       77,902          
Home equity line of business
                               
2003-1 asset backed notes:
                               
 
Combined variable rate senior note
    2/28/2028       1.66       160,874          
 
Combined variable rate subordinate note
    2/28/2028       3.18       61,763          
 
Unamortized premium/discount
                    4,446          
2002-1 asset backed notes:
                               
 
Combined variable rate senior note
    7/25/2023 to 6/25/2029       1.40       156,699       312,997  
 
Combined variable rate subordinate note
    2/25/2029       2.69       72,551       72,551  
Unamortized premium/discount
                    4,202       5,877  
                     
     
 
   
Total
                  $ 590,131     $ 391,425  
                     
     
 

Note 12 — Other Long-Term Debt

      At December 31, 2003 and 2002 we had $270 million and $30 million, respectively, of other long-term debt. Included in both years is $30 million of subordinated debt with an interest rate of 7.58% and a maturity date of July 2014 as well as a mortgage note outstanding for $0.1 million with an interest rate of 8.50% and a maturity date of April 2008.

      We also have obligations represented by subordinated debentures at December 31, 2003 of $240 million and trust preferred securities prior to that date of $233 million. These securities were issued by wholly-owned trusts of Irwin Financial Corporation that were created for the purpose of issuing cumulative trust preferred securities. In accordance with FIN 46 we are not consolidating these trusts. Refer to Note 1 for information regarding the accounting change for these securities. These debentures are the sole assets of these trusts as of December 31, 2003. All debentures and securities are callable at par after five years from origination date. These securities are all Tier 1 qualifying capital at December 31, 2003. In the fourth quarter of 2003 we redeemed IFC Capital Trust I for $50 million and issued IFC Statutory Trust VII for $50 million. In

94


Table of Contents

connection with this redemption, we wrote off $1.6 million of unamortized bond issuance costs. Highlights about these debentures and the related trusts are listed below:
                                                 
Subordinated Securities
Debt Outstanding


Interest Rate at December 31,
Origination December 31, Maturity
Name Date 2003 Date 2003 2002 Other







(Dollars in thousands)
IFC Capital Trust I
    Jan 1997       9.25 %     Mar 2027     $     $ 50,000          
IFC Capital Trust II
    Nov 2000       10.50       Sep 2030       53,351       51,750          
IFC Capital Trust III
    Nov 2000       8.75       Sep 2030       53,268       51,750     initial conversion ratio of 1.261 shares of common stock to 1 convertible preferred security
IFC Capital Trust IV
    Jul 2001       10.25       Jul 2031       15,464       15,000          
IFC Capital Trust V
    Nov 2001       9.95       Nov 2031       30,928       30,000          
IFC Capital Trust VI
    Oct 2002       8.70       Sep 2032       35,567       34,500          
IFC Statutory Trust VII
    Nov 2003       4.08       Nov 2033       51,547           rate changes quarterly at three month LIBOR plus 290 basis points
                             
     
         
                            $ 240,125     $ 233,000          
                             
     
         

Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, is a defendant in a class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama alleging that Irwin Mortgage violated the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) relating to Irwin Mortgage’s payment of broker fees to mortgage brokers. In June 2001, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit upheld the district court’s certification of a plaintiff class and the case was remanded for further proceedings in the federal district court.

      In November 2001, by order of the district court, the parties filed supplemental briefs analyzing the impact of an October 18, 2001 policy statement issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that explicitly disagreed with the judicial interpretation of RESPA by the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit in its ruling upholding class certification in this case. In response to a motion from Irwin Mortgage, in March 2002, the district court granted Irwin Mortgage’s motion to stay proceedings in this case until the 11th Circuit decided the three other RESPA cases originally argued before it with this case.

      The 11th Circuit subsequently decided all of the RESPA cases pending in that court. In one of those cases, the 11th Circuit concluded that the trial court had abused its discretion in certifying a class action under RESPA. Further, in that decision, the 11th Circuit expressly recognized it was, in effect, overruling its previous decision upholding class certification in this case. In March 2003, Irwin Mortgage filed a motion to decertify the class and the plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for summary judgment. On October 2, 2003 the case was reassigned to another U.S. district court judge. In response to an order from the court, the parties met and submitted a joint status report at the end of October 2003.

      If the class is not decertified and the district court finds that Irwin Mortgage violated RESPA, Irwin Mortgage could be liable for damages equal to three times the amount of that portion of payments made to the mortgage brokers that is ruled unlawful. Based on notices sent by the plaintiffs to date to potential class members and additional notices that might be sent in this case, we believe the class is not likely to exceed 32,000 borrowers who meet the class specifications.

      As discussed in prior periodic reports, other cases filed against our mortgage subsidiary alleging RESPA and violations similar to those in this case were settled in 2003 for nonmaterial amounts. Irwin Mortgage intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously and believes it has numerous defenses to the alleged violations. Irwin Mortgage further believes that the 11th Circuit’s RESPA rulings in the cases argued before it with this one

95


Table of Contents

provide grounds for reversal of the class certification in this case. We have no assurance, however, that Irwin Mortgage will be successful in defeating class certification or will ultimately prevail on the merits. However, we expect that an adverse outcome in this case could result in substantial monetary damages that could be material to our financial position. We have not established any reserves for this case and are unable at this stage of the litigation to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss that we could suffer.

      In January 2001, we and Irwin Leasing Corporation (formerly Affiliated Capital Corp.), our indirect subsidiary, and Irwin Equipment Finance Corporation, our direct subsidiary (together, the Irwin companies), were served as defendants in an action filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania. The suit alleges that a manufacturer/importer of certain medical devices made misrepresentations to health care professionals and to government officials to improperly obtain Medicare reimbursement for treatments using the devices, and that the Irwin companies, through Affiliated Capital’s financing activities, aided in making the alleged misrepresentations. The Irwin companies filed a motion to dismiss on February 12, 2001. On August 10, 2001, the court granted our motion in part by dismissing Irwin Financial and Irwin Equipment Finance as defendants in the suit. In June, 2003, Irwin Leasing filed a motion for summary judgment. Oral argument was held on August 27, 2003. On October 8, 2003, the court granted Irwin Leasing’s motion for summary judgment, dismissing the plaintiff’s complaint. On October 22, 2003, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. The appeal is currently in the briefing process. We have not established any reserves for this case. Although we believe the trial court’s decision is well-reasoned, we cannot predict at this time whether we will prevail on appeal.

      Our subsidiary, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, is a defendant in a class action lawsuit, filed in the U.S. District Court in Massachusetts in July 2001. The case involves loans purchased by Irwin Union Bank and Trust from an unaffiliated third-party originator. The plaintiffs allege a failure to comply with certain disclosure provisions of the Truth in Lending Act relating to high rate loans in making second mortgage home equity loans to the plaintiff borrowers. The complaint seeks rescission of the loans and other damages.

      On September 30, 2002, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for certification of a class, subject to certain limitations. In October 2002, we filed a motion for reconsideration with the district court and a petition for permission to appeal the class certification decision with the Court of Appeals for the 1st Circuit. In May 2003, the district court denied our motion for summary judgment and denied in part our motion for reconsideration of class decertification. However, the court further restricted membership in the plaintiff class. In October 2003, the court of appeals denied our application for appellate review of the district court’s certification of the class.

      As originally specified, the plaintiff class was limited to those borrowers who obtained a mortgage loan originated with prepayment penalty provisions by the third-party originator during the three-year period prior to the filing of the suit. As more recently defined by the court, the class has been further restricted to those borrowers who refinanced their loans and paid a prepayment penalty. Only high-rate loans that are subject to the provisions of the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 would be included in the class.

      Limited discovery on issues pertaining to class certification and the merits of plaintiffs’ individual claim has been conducted. The actual number of plaintiff borrowers will be determined only after a review of loan files. Nevertheless, after performing a limited analysis of the approximately 200 loans acquired directly from the third-party originator and the approximately 7,800 loans acquired from others through bulk acquisitions that may include loans from the third-party originator, we believe that fewer than 100 loans will qualify for inclusion in the class. Because this case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable to form a reasonable estimate of potential loss, if any, and have not established any reserves related to this case.

      Our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, is a defendant in a case filed in August 1998 in the Baltimore, Maryland, City Circuit Court. On January 25, 2002, a jury in this case awarded the plaintiffs damages of $1.4 million jointly and severally against defendants, including Irwin Mortgage. The nine plaintiff borrowers alleged that a home rehabilitation company defrauded the plaintiffs by selling them defective homes at inflated prices and that Irwin Mortgage, which provided the plaintiff borrowers mortgage loans on the home purchases, participated in the fraud. Irwin Mortgage filed an appeal with the Maryland Court of Special Appeals and oral argument was held on January 7, 2003. On February 27, 2004, the Court of Special Appeals

96


Table of Contents

ruled against Irwin Mortgage and remanded the case to the trial court for a partial retrial on whether the plaintiffs are entitled to punitive damages. Irwin Mortgage is considering whether to appeal further. We have reserved for this case based upon advice of our legal counsel.

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the Marion County, Indiana, Circuit Court. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage charged a document preparation fee in violation of Indiana law for services performed by clerical personnel in completing legal documents related to mortgage loans. The plaintiff is seeking to certify a class consisting of Indiana borrowers who were charged the fee during the six-year period prior to the filing of the lawsuit. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on June 11, 2003 and a motion for summary judgment on October 27, 2003. On November 3, 2003, the court ruled that a determination on class certification will precede any action on Irwin Mortgage’s summary judgment motion. On January 9, 2004, the Plaintiff filed a Supplemental Brief and Submission of Additional Evidence in Support of Class Certification. A hearing on plaintiff’s summary judgment motion is scheduled for March 15, 2004. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.

      In April 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation, was named as a defendant in an action filed in the District Court of Nueces County, Texas. The complaint alleges that Irwin Mortgage improperly charged borrowers fees for the services of third-party vendors in excess of Irwin Mortgage’s costs, and charged certain fees to which plaintiffs did not agree. The plaintiffs are seeking to certify a class consisting of similarly situated borrowers. Irwin Mortgage filed an answer on July 11, 2003 and responded to plaintiff’s initial discovery requests on December 19, 2003. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. We have not established any reserves for this case.

      In October 2003, our indirect subsidiary, Irwin Mortgage Corporation (formerly Inland Mortgage Corporation), was named as a defendant, along with others, in an action filed in the Supreme Court of New York, County of Kings. The plaintiffs, a mother and two children, allege they were injured from lead contamination while living in premises allegedly owned by the defendants. The suit seeks approximately $41,000,000 in damages and alleges negligence, breach of implied warranty of habitability and fitness for intended use, loss of services and the cost of medical treatment. Because the case is in the early stages of litigation, we are unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate of the amount of potential loss, if any, that Irwin Mortgage could suffer. However, we are attempting to obtain a voluntary dismissal based on our belief that there is insufficient nexus between the cause of the alleged injuries and Irwin Mortgage. We have not established any reserves for this case.

      We and our subsidiaries are from time to time engaged in various matters of litigation, including the matters described above, other assertions of improper or fraudulent loan practices or lending violations, and other matters, and we have a number of unresolved claims pending. In addition, as part of the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are parties to litigation involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts, the collection of delinquent accounts, challenges to security interests in collateral, and foreclosure interests, that is incidental to our regular business activities. While the ultimate liability with respect to these other litigation matters and claims cannot be determined at this time, we believe that damages, if any, and other amounts relating to pending matters are not likely to be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations, except as described above. Reserves are established for these various matters of litigation, when appropriate, based upon the advice of legal counsel.

 
Note 14 — Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

      In the normal course of business we are party to certain financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financial needs of our customers. These financial instruments include loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet.

97


Table of Contents

      Our exposure to credit loss, in the form of nonperformance by the counterparty on commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Collateral pledged for standby letters of credit and commitments varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; and residential real estate. Total outstanding commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2003 and 2002 were $546.5 million and $495.6 million, respectively. These loan commitments include $418.6 million of floating rate loan commitments and $127.9 million of fixed rate loan commitments. We had approximately $30.8 million and $24.6 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
Note 15 — Derivative Financial Instruments

      Financial derivatives are used as part of the overall asset/liability risk management process. We use certain derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. These derivatives are classified as other assets and other liabilities and marked to market on the consolidated income statements. While we do not seek hedge accounting treatment for the assets that these instruments are hedging, the economic purpose of these instruments is to manage the risk inherent in existing exposures to either interest rate risk or foreign currency risk.

      We entered into an interest rate swap that has a notional amount (which does not represent the amount at risk) of $25 million as of December 31, 2003. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a floating rate of interest based upon one-month LIBOR. We recognized a gain of $0.3 million included in other income during the year ended December 31, 2003 related to this swap.

      We enter into forward contracts to protect against interest rate fluctuations from the date of mortgage loan commitment until the loans are sold. At December 31, 2003, we designated the portion of these transactions hedging the closed mortgage loans as hedges that qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The notional amount of our forward contracts (which does not represent the amount at risk) totaled $0.9 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The closed mortgage loans hedged by forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. The basis of the hedged closed loans is adjusted for change in value associated with the risk being hedged. We value closed loan contracts at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. The unrealized loss on our forward contracts at December 31, 2003 was $3.2 million and the hedge ineffectiveness for the year then ended was a loss of $16.2 million. The effect of these hedging activities was recorded through earnings as a component of gain from sale of loans.

      We enter into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives and are recorded at fair value. We value these commitments at period end based upon the current secondary market value of securities with similar characteristics. A net decrease in fair value of these derivatives totaling $27.6 million was recorded in 2003 as gain from sale of loans. At December 31, 2003, we had a notional amount of rate lock commitments outstanding totaling $0.7 billion with a fair value of $3.8 million. Notional amounts do not represent the amount at risk.

      Our commercial finance line of business has, on four occasions in 2003, delivered fixed rate leases into conduits that fund them using floating rate commercial paper, which creates an interest rate risk mismatch.

  •  In two instances, this funding mismatch is hedged with a combination of amortizing interest rate caps and Eurodollar futures contracts. The interest rate caps have a strike price of 5% and provide protection against a large increase in short-term interest rates. As of year end, the notional value and year-to-date loss on the interest rate caps were $47.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. In addition, we also used Eurodollar futures contracts to hedge rate risk in this structure. As of December 31, 2003, the total notional amount and year-to-date gain on the Eurodollar futures were $120.0 million and gain of $0.1 million, respectively.
 
  •  In the fourth quarter of 2003, we delivered fixed rate leases into a second commercial paper conduit. Although the leases and funding were in Canadian dollars (CAD), the interest rate mismatch was

98


Table of Contents

  similar in nature to that described above. To hedge the mismatch between fixed rate CAD-denominated leases and floating rate CAD commercial paper, we entered into an amortizing CAD interest rate swap in which we pay a fixed rate of interest and receive a floating rate. The U.S. dollar-equivalents of the CAD-based notional amounts and year-to-date gain on these swaps at December 31, 2003 were $74.5 million and $33 thousand, respectively.

      Our home equity line of business originates a relatively small amount of first mortgage loans. We enter into forward commitments to protect against interest rate fluctuations between the date of origination and the date a sale price is locked in. These loans are typically sold within a month of origination. As of year end, we had outstanding commitments with a notional amount of $2.4 million. We recorded derivative loss on this activity of $0.2 million in 2003.

      Certain of our home equity fixed rate residual interests are funded with floating rate liabilities. To manage such mismatches, we own three interest rate caps, which had a fair value of $0.8 million and a notional amount of $56.6 million at December 31, 2003. We classify interest rate caps as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and carry them at their fair values. Two of the interest rate caps qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. As a result, a negative adjustment to fair value of $25 thousand, net of tax, on these cash flow derivatives was recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income in 2003. We record adjustments to fair value for the third interest rate cap, which does not qualify for hedge accounting, as other income on the consolidated income statements. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded a $14 thousand loss related to this derivative product.

      We manage the interest rate risk associated with our mortgage servicing rights through the use of Eurodollar futures contracts and interest rate options. The financial instrument underlying the Eurodollar futures contracts is based on the three-month LIBOR rate. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded losses of $0.3 million on these derivatives. Both the futures contracts and options were marked-to-market and included in other assets with changes in value recorded in the consolidated income statements as derivative gains. At December 31, 2003, we held $8 billion in notional amount of Eurodollar contracts, with expiration that ranged from the first quarter 2004 to the fourth quarter of 2009. We also held open swaption positions with a notional value totaling $10 billion at December 31, 2003, with a final maturity of January 2, 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded losses on swaptions, including premiums paid, totaling $21.2 million. The size and mix of these positions change during the year so period-end positions may not be indicative of our net risk exposure throughout the year. Notional amounts do not represent the amount of risk.

      We own foreign currency forward contracts to protect the U.S. dollar value of intercompany loans made to Onset Capital Corporation that are denominated in Canadian dollars. We had a notional amount of $79.1 million in forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized losses on these contracts of $23.0 million. These contracts are marked to market with gains and losses included in other expense on the consolidated income statements. The foreign currency transaction gain on the intercompany loans was $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
Note 16 — Guarantees

      Upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees, we have performance obligations provided in certain contractual arrangements. These various agreements are summarized below:

      We sell loans and commercial loan participation interests to: (i) private investors; (ii) agency investors including, but not limited to, Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA); and (iii) other financial institutions. Each loan sale is subject to certain terms and conditions, which generally require us to indemnify and hold the investor harmless against any loss arising from errors and omissions in the origination, processing and/or underwriting of the loans. We are subject to this risk for loans that we originate as well as loans we acquire from brokers and correspondents. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had approximately $21.6 million and $10.8 million, respectively, recorded as an estimate for losses that may occur as a result of the guarantees described above based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests,

99


Table of Contents

actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. The length of the indemnification period, which varies by investor and the nature of the potential defect may extend to the life of the loan. Sold loans for which these guarantees apply totaled approximately $22.9 billion in 2003 and $11.0 billion in 2002.

      We also sell home equity loans to private investors. We have agreed to repurchase loans that do not perform at agreed-upon levels. The repurchase period generally ranges from 60-120 days after the settlement date. In addition, a repurchase obligation may be triggered if a loan does not meet specified representations related to credit information, loan documentation and collateral. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, we had approximately $0.8 million and $0.7 million recorded as an estimate for losses that may occur as a result of the guarantees described above based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. Total home equity loans sold for which these guarantees apply were $0.7 billion in 2003 and $0.6 billion in 2002.

      In the normal course of our servicing duties, we are often required to advance payments to investors, taxing authorities and insurance companies that are due and have not been received from borrowers as of specified cut-off dates. These servicing advances totaled $49.3 million at December 31, 2003 and $34.5 million at December 31, 2002. Servicing advances, including contractual interest, are considered a priority cash flow in the event of foreclosure or liquidation, thus making their collection more likely. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had $2.1 million and $2.2 million recorded as an estimate for possible losses on these advances in other liabilities.

      We also service loans on behalf of private and agency investors and occasionally sell the servicing rights on these loans to third-party servicers. The typical servicing contract requires us to indemnify and hold the investor harmless against any loss arising from our failure to abide by the servicing guidelines adopted by the investor or from our breach of any representation or warranty made in connection with the sale. Some of the more common servicing sale representations and warranties include: (i) each loan is in full compliance with investor requirements; insurer requirements; and federal, state, and local laws and regulations; (ii) seller and all prior servicers have serviced and maintained the loans in accordance with investor requirements; and (iii) each custodial file and all documents related thereto is true, correct and complete in all material respects. The loss estimate recorded for these guarantees at December 31, 2003 and 2002, was $0.9 million and $0.6 million.

      We provide guarantees to third parties on behalf of one of our subsidiaries related to operating lease payments with maturity dates extending through 2007. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under these arrangements is $21.4 million and $28.1 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      We provide an operating performance guarantee to a third party on behalf of one of our subsidiaries related to borrowings to fund Canadian leases. At December 31, 2003, our subsidiary had borrowings totaling $78 million for which our guarantee applied.

      We provide merchant processing services for certain of our commercial customers. These services entail accepting merchant deposits of credit card transactions. Under credit card chargeback rules we are contingently liable for any billing disputes between the card company and its customer. As these disputes arise, the card company charges us and credits its customer. We then pass the “charge-back” on to the depositing merchant. If for any reason the merchant is unwilling or unable to reimburse us for its payment to the credit card company, we must bear the loss.

      We have policies and procedures in place to evaluate customer creditworthiness prior to offering merchant processing services to the customer. During 2003 and 2002, respectively, we accepted approximately $60.2 million and $53.3 million in merchant deposits and received an estimated $0.1 million and $0.3 million in charge-backs. We incurred no losses on these charge-backs. Any future losses are expected to be immaterial and as such, no loss accrual has been established.

100


Table of Contents

 
Note 17 — Regulatory Matters

      Irwin Financial Corporation and its bank subsidiaries, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B., are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines, Irwin Financial, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

      Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). We believe, as of December 31, 2003, that we have met all capital adequacy requirements to which we are subject. In addition, our Board of Directors has established minimum total capital standards for Irwin Financial and Irwin Union Bank and Trust of 11% and 12%, respectively.

      As of December 31, 2003, we were categorized as “Well Capitalized” under the regulatory framework for Prompt Corrective Action. To be categorized as well capitalized Irwin Financial, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. must exceed minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I capital to average assets ratios. There have been no conditions or events that we believe have changed this category.

      The following table presents actual capital amounts and ratios for Irwin Financial, Irwin Union Bank and Trust, and Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. as compared to amounts and ratios under the regulatory framework:

                                                   
Adequately Well
Actual Capitalized Capitalized



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2003
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
  $ 740,531       15.1 %   $ 391,304       8.0 %   $ 489,130       10.0 %
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    605,475       14.0       345,512       8.0       431,890       10.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    41,459       19.1       17,333       8.0       21,666       10.0  
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    556,793       11.4       195,652       4.0       293,478       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    520,996       12.1       172,756       4.0       259,134       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,432       18.7       N/A               13,000       6.0  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    556,793       11.2       199,620       4.0       249,524       5.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    520,996       11.2       186,481       4.0       233,101       5.0  
Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B. 
    40,432       8.7       18,565       4.0       23,206       5.0  
Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    40,432       8.7       6,962       1.5       N/A          
As of December 31, 2002
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
  $ 658,156       13.2 %   $ 399,673       8.0 %   $ 499,592       10.0 %
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    498,978       12.4       322,303       8.0       402,879       10.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    28,970       21.2       10,928       8.0       13,659       10.0  

101


Table of Contents

                                                   
Adequately Well
Actual Capitalized Capitalized



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(Dollars in thousands)
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    462,064       9.3       199,837       4.0       299,755       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    418,676       10.4       161,152       4.0       241,727       6.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    28,440       20.8       N/A               8,196       6.0  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):
                                               
 
Irwin Financial Corporation
    462,064       9.7       191,237       4.0       239,046       5.0  
 
Irwin Union Bank and Trust
    418,676       9.8       170,877       4.0       213,597       5.0  
Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    28,440       9.0       12,598       4.0       15,748       5.0  
Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets)
                                               
 
Irwin Union Bank, F.S.B
    28,440       9.0       4,724       1.5       N/A          
 
Note 18 — Fair Values of Financial Instruments

      Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments:

      Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair values.

      Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, Deposit liabilities, Short-term borrowings, Long-term and collateralized debt, and Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trust: The fair values were estimated by discounting cash flows, using interest rates currently being offered for like assets and like liabilities with similar terms.

      Loans and leases and loans held for sale: The fair values were estimated by discounting cash flows, using interest rates currently being offered for like assets with similar terms, to borrowers with similar credit quality, and for the same remaining maturities.

      Residual interests and servicing assets: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for residual interests approximate those assets’ fair values. Fair value for residual interests and servicing assets is calculated using the methodologies specified in Note 1.

      Investment securities: Fair values for investment securities were based on quoted market prices when available. For securities which had no quoted market prices, fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates on similar securities.

      Derivative instruments: The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for derivative instruments approximate those assets’ fair values. The estimated fair values of derivative instruments are determined using methodologies discussed in Note 15.

      Off-balance sheet loan commitments and standby letters of credit had an immaterial estimated fair value at December 31, 2003 and 2002. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, our loan commitments had a notional amount of $884.2 million and $495.6 million, respectively. Our standby letters of credit had a notional amount of $30.8 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

102


Table of Contents

      The estimated fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, were as follows:

                                 
2003 2002


Carrying Estimated Fair Carrying Estimated Fair
Amount Value Amount Value




(Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 140,810     $ 140,810     $ 157,771     $ 157,771  
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions
    81,166       81,365       34,418       35,005  
Trading assets
    71,491       71,491       157,514       157,514  
Investment securities
    92,525       92,540       67,948       68,243  
Loans held for sale
    883,895       884,803       1,314,849       1,317,708  
Loans and leases, net of unearned discount
    3,161,054       3,224,674       2,815,276       2,997,778  
Servicing asset
    380,123       393,540       174,935       180,478  
Derivatives
    12,809       12,809       50,017       50,017  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,899,662       2,880,075       2,693,810       2,695,326  
Short-term borrowings
    429,758       429,759       993,124       1,003,652  
Collateralized debt
    590,131       581,862       391,425       394,308  
Other long-term debt
    270,184       279,704       30,070       30,070  
Derivatives
    29,851       29,851       15,067       15,067  
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trust
                233,000       236,619  

      The fair value estimates consider relevant market information when available. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are determined based on present value of estimated cash flows and consider various factors, including current economic conditions and risk characteristics of certain financial instruments. Changes in factors, or the weight assumed for the various factors, could significantly affect the estimated values.

      The fair value estimates are presented for existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of our long-term relationships with depositors and the benefit that results from the low cost funding provided by deposit liabilities. In addition, significant assets which were not considered financial instruments and were therefore not a part of the fair value estimates include accounts receivable and premises and equipment.

Note 19 — Shareholders’ Equity

      We have a stock plan which provides up to 300,000 shares of our common stock to be used to compensate Business Development Board members. During 2003 and 2002, 11,289 shares and 11,099 shares were issued at a weighted average price of $20.27 and $18.48, respectively, as part of this plan.

      We also have a stock plan to compensate our Directors with our common stock, if so elected, in lieu of cash for their annual retainer and meeting fees. The number of shares issued under the plan is based on the current market value of our common stock. In 2003 and 2002, respectively, we granted 23,776 and 6,360 shares under this plan at a weighted average fair value of $17.14 and $17.73. In addition, we have an employee stock purchase plan for all qualified employees. The plan provides for employees to purchase common stock through payroll deduction at approximately 85% of the current market value.

      We have two stock option plans (established in 1997 and 1992) which provide for the issuance of 2,840,000 shares of non-qualified and incentive stock options. In addition, the 2001 stock plan provides for the issuance of 2,000,000 of non-qualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and phantom stock units. An additional 2,000,000 of stock appreciation rights may be granted under this plan.

103


Table of Contents

For all plans, the exercise price of each option, which has a ten-year life and a vesting period of four years beginning the year granted, is equal to the market price of our stock on the grant date. Vested outstanding stock options have been considered as common stock equivalents in the computation of diluted earnings per share. In 2003, we awarded 8,796 shares of common stock in restricted stock grants at a weighted average fair value of $25.51 through this plan. We did not issue any restricted stock grants in 2002.

      Activity in the above plans for 2003, 2002, and 2001 is summarized as follows:

                                                   
2003 2002 2001



Weighted Weighted Weighted
Number of average Number of average Number of average
shares exercise price shares exercise price shares exercise price






Outstanding at the beginning of the year
    2,083,156     $ 17.22       1,673,908     $ 17.02       1,616,259     $ 13.37  
 
Granted
    574,421       22.36       532,180       16.10       416,197       22.13  
 
Exercised
    (420,118 )     13.30       (100,701 )     7.19       (329,053 )     5.25  
 
Canceled
    (60,494 )     19.08       (22,231 )     20.91       (29,495 )     20.55  
     
             
             
         
Outstanding at the of the year
    2,176,965       19.28       2,083,156       17.22       1,673,908       17.02  
     
             
             
         
Exercisable at the end of the year
    1,428,465     $ 18.70       1,410,766     $ 16.89       1,162,817     $ 15.46  
     
             
             
         

      The table below show options outstanding and exercisable by price range as of December 31, 2003.

                                         
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE


Weighted
Number Average Weighted Number Weighted
Outstanding as of Remaining Average Exercisable as of Average
Range of Exercise Prices December 31, 2003 Contractual Life Exercise Price December 31, 2003 Exercise Price






$ 7.84 - $15.31
    312,087       2.67     $ 11.15       312,087     $ 11.15  
$15.65 - $16.50
    399,378       8.10       15.67       195,058       15.68  
$16.96 - $21.38
    573,766       7.18       19.43       449,460       19.17  
$21.97 - $22.46
    510,925       9.30       22.46       127,075       22.45  
$22.63 - $31.44
    380,809       5.77       25.24       344,785       25.26  
     
                     
         
$ 7.84 - $31.44
    2,176,965       6.95     $ 19.28       1,428,465     $ 18.70  
     
                     
         

      On June 30, 2002 our 96,336 of preferred shares met the conversion requirements and converted at 1.25x to common shares.

104


Table of Contents

Note 20 — Earnings Per Share

      Earnings per share calculations are summarized as follow:

                                           
Basic Effect of Effect of Effect of Diluted
Earnings Stock Preferred Convertible Earnings
Per Share Options Shares Shares Per Share





(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2003
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 72,817     $     $     $ 2,715     $ 75,532  
 
Shares
    27,915       325             2,610       30,850  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 2.61       (0.03 )           (0.13 )   $ 2.45  
     
     
     
     
     
 
2002
                                       
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 52,833     $     $     $ 2,801     $ 55,634  
 
Shares
    26,829       164       72       2,610       29,675  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
    1.97       (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.08 )     1.87  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    495                               495  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
    0.02                               0.02  
     
                             
 
 
Net income
    53,328                               56,129  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 1.99                             $ 1.89  
     
                             
 
2001
                                       
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 45,341     $     $     $ 2,801     $ 48,142  
 
Shares
    21,175       292       96       2,610       24,173  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Per-share amount
    2.14       (0.03 )     (0.01 )     (0.11 )     1.99  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    175                               175  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
    0.01                               0.01  
     
                             
 
 
Net income
    45,516                               48,317  
     
                             
 
 
Per-share amount
  $ 2.15                             $ 2.00  
     
                             
 

      In 2003, 2002 and 2001, 398,544, 758,030 and 562,764 shares, respectively, related to stock options that were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation because they were antidilutive.

 
Note 21 — Income Taxes

      In the U.S., the Corporation and our subsidiaries file and pay federal taxes as a consolidated entity. Our subsidiary, Onset Capital (and related entities) files and pays taxes to certain Canadian revenue authorities.

105


Table of Contents

Our provision for tax expense is based on analysis of our current and future tax liabilities. Income tax expense is summarized as follows:
                           
2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ (254 )   $ 71,309     $ 2,580  
 
State
    384       17,260       34  
 
Foreign
    2,196              
     
     
     
 
      2,326       88,569       2,614  
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    36,627       (44,551 )     22,876  
 
State
    8,732       (10,620 )     3,369  
 
Foreign
    (2,100 )            
     
     
     
 
      43,259       (55,171 )     26,245  
     
     
     
 
Income tax expense:
                       
 
Federal
    36,373       26,758       25,456  
 
State
    9,116       6,640       3,403  
 
Foreign
    96              
     
     
     
 
    $ 45,585     $ 33,398     $ 28,859  
     
     
     
 

      Our deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

                   
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Deferred securitization income
    5,406        
 
Loan and lease loss reserve
    34,348       26,836  
 
Deferred origination fees and costs
    1,326       4,495  
 
Deferred compensation
    5,542       5,857  
 
Mark to market
    4,921       2,175  
 
Net operating loss carryforward
    4,907        
 
Other, net
    3,699       1,023  
     
     
 
      60,149       40,386  
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Mortgage servicing
  $ (142,485 )   $ (55,898 )
 
Deferred securitization income
          (22,181 )
 
Retirement benefits
    (284 )     (1,078 )
 
Fixed assets
    (3,807 )     (4,397 )
     
     
 
    $ (146,576 )   $ (83,554 )
     
     
 
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (86,427 )   $ (43,168 )
     
     
 

106


Table of Contents

      A reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:

                           
2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Income taxes computed at the statutory rate
  $ 41,441     $ 30,181     $ 25,969  
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
                       
 
Nontaxable interest from investment securities and loans
    (115 )     (127 )     (141 )
 
State tax, net of federal benefit
    5,926       4,316       2,212  
 
Foreign operations
    (1,112 )            
 
Other items — net
    (555 )     (972 )     819  
     
     
     
 
    $ 45,585     $ 33,398     $ 28,859  
     
     
     
 

Note 22 — Employee Retirement Plans

      We have contributory retirement and savings plans which cover all eligible employees and meets requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees’ contributions to the plan are matched 60% by us up to 5% of the employee’s compensation.

      The matching vests 20% after one year, 40% after two years, 60% after three years, 80% after four years, and 100% after 5 years. The expense to match employee contributions for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $2.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

      We have a defined benefit plan covering eligible employees of adopting subsidiaries. The benefits are based on years of service and the employees’ compensation during their employment. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. We use December 31 as the measurement date for our plan.

107


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth amounts recognized in our balance sheet:

                   
December 31,

2003 2002


(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation at January 1,
  $ 19,317     $ 15,501  
Service cost
    1,395       1,122  
Interest cost
    1,295       1,149  
Amendments
          305  
Actuarial loss
    2,861       1,604  
Benefits paid
    (547 )     (364 )
     
     
 
Benefit obligation at December 31,
  $ 24,321     $ 19,317  
     
     
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value plan assets at January 1,
  $ 15,963     $ 13,361  
Actual return on plan assets
    4,236       (2,034 )
Benefits paid
    (547 )     (364 )
Employer contributions
    900       5,000  
     
     
 
 
Fair value plan assets at December 31,
  $ 20,552     $ 15,963  
     
     
 
Funded status
    (3,769 )     (3,354 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    347       384  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    8,834       9,641  
     
     
 
 
Net amount recognized as prepaid pension cost
  $ 5,412     $ 6,671  
     
     
 

      The accumulated benefit obligation for our plan was $19.7 million and $15.8 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      The net pension cost for 2003, 2002 and 2001 included the following components:

                           
2003 2002 2001



(In thousands)
Service cost
  $ 1,395     $ 1,122     $ 750  
Interest cost
    1,295       1,149       971  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,252 )     (1,112 )     (888 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    37       52       25  
Amortization of actuarial loss
    684       396       123  
     
     
     
 
 
Net pension cost
  $ 2,159     $ 1,607     $ 981  
     
     
     
 

      Assumptions:

                     
2003 2002


Weighted average assumptions:
               
 
To determine benefit obligations at December 31,
               
   
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.75 %
   
Rate of average compensation increase
    3.83 %     3.83 %
 
To determine net periodic cost for the years ended December 31,
               
   
Discount rate
    6.75 %     7.00 %
   
Return on plan assets
    8.00 %     8.50 %
   
Rate of average compensation increase
    3.83 %     3.83 %

108


Table of Contents

      To develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption, we considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.00% long-term rate of return on assets assumption listed above.

Plan Assets

      Our pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2002, and 2003, and target allocation for 2004, by asset category are as follows:

                 
Percentage of
Plan Assets

Asset Category 2003 2002



Equity securities
    78 %     54 %
Corporate bonds
    16       14  
Cash equivalents
    6       32  
     
     
 
      100 %     100 %
     
     
 
           
Target
Allocation
Asset Category 2004


Equity securities
       
 
Domestic
    50-65%  
 
International
    15-25%  
Corporate bonds
    15-25%  
Cash equivalents
    0-10%  

      Each mutual fund in which the portfolio invests will be reviewed on a quarterly basis and rebalanced back to the normal weighting if the actual weighting varies by 2% or more from the targeted weighting. The allocation of assets in the portfolio may deviate from target allocation when market conditions warrant. Such deviations are designed primarily to reduce overall investment risk in the long term. In addition, allocations may deviate from target shortly after cash contributions are made to the plan, but prior to the rebalancing of these portfolios.

      The portfolio will be managed in a style-neutral manner that seeks to minimize principal fluctuations over the established time horizon and that is consistent with the portfolio’s stated objectives. Over the long-term, the investment objectives for this portfolio shall be to achieve an average total annual rate of return that consists of the Consumer Price Index (CPI) plus 6% for the aggregate investments. Returns may vary significantly from this target year to year.

Cash Flows

      Included in the cash equivalents are contributions we made of $0.9 million and $5.0 million to the plan on December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These cash contributions were invested in early January of the subsequent year based on our target allocations. Since these cash contributions had not yet been reinvested at December 31, 2003, the percentage of plan assets by category above is skewed. We currently do not expect to make a contribution to the pension plan in 2004.

109


Table of Contents

      Estimated future benefit payments (in thousands):

         
2004
  $ 682  
2005
    762  
2006
    779  
2007
    814  
2008
    909  
Years 2009-2013
    6,841  

Note 23 — Industry Segment Information

      We have five principal segments that provide a broad range of financial services throughout the United States and Canada. The Mortgage Banking line of business originates, sells, and services residential first mortgage loans. The Commercial Banking line of business provides commercial banking services. The Home Equity Lending line of business originates and services home equity loans. The Commercial Finance line of business leases and loans against commercial equipment and real estate. The Venture Capital line of business invests in early-stage technology companies focusing on financial services. Our other segment primarily includes the parent company and eliminations.

      The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those described in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Below is a summary of each segment’s revenues, net income, and assets for 2003, 2002, and 2001:

                                                           
Mortgage Commercial Home Equity Commercial Venture
Banking Banking Lending Finance Capital Other Consolidated







(Dollars in thousands)
2003
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 80,169     $ 78,785     $ 84,875     $ 12,180     $ (210 )   $ (31,497 )   $ 224,302  
Intersegment interest
    (8,522 )     (5,683 )     (7,905 )     (722 )           22,832        
Other revenue
    326,000       21,071       (19,525 )     6,671       (2,668 )     (2,250 )     329,299  
Intersegment revenues
                            600       (600 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    397,647       94,173       57,445       18,129       (2,278 )     (11,515 )     553,601  
Other expense
    265,118       55,196       87,771       15,342       548       11,224       435,199  
Intersegment expenses
    2,762       1,503       2,767       533             (7,565 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income before taxes
    129,767       37,474       (33,093 )     2,254       (2,826 )     (15,174 )     118,402  
Income taxes
    51,667       14,997       (13,203 )     461       (1,118 )     (7,219 )     45,585  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 78,100     $ 22,477     $ (19,890 )   $ 1,793     $ (1,708 )   $ (7,955 )   $ 72,817  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 1,258,641     $ 2,203,965     $ 1,070,634     $ 474,915     $ 7,345     $ (27,141 )   $ 4,988,359  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

110


Table of Contents

                                                           
Mortgage Commercial Home Equity Commercial Venture
Banking Banking Lending Finance Capital Other Consolidated







(Dollars in thousands)
2002
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 41,330     $ 61,348     $ 68,472     $ 6,661     $ 43     $ (8,203 )   $ 169,651  
Intersegment interest
    (139 )     (1,306 )           (2 )           1,447        
Other revenue
    207,177       16,081       11,791       4,397       (4,220 )     (230 )     234,996  
Intersegment revenues
                            534       (534 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    248,368       76,123       80,263       11,056       (3,643 )     (7,520 )     404,647  
Other expense
    173,162       48,699       76,224       12,122       495       7,714       318,416  
Intersegment expenses
    2,115       1,330       2,364                   (5,809 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income before taxes
    73,091       26,094       1,675       (1,066 )     (4,138 )     (9,425 )     86,231  
Income taxes
    28,548       10,009       670       (513 )     (1,655 )     (3,661 )     33,398  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    44,543       16,085       1,005       (553 )     (2,483 )     (5,764 )     52,833  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                      495                   495  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 44,543     $ 16,085     $ 1,005     $ (58 )   $ (2,483 )   $ (5,764 )   $ 53,328  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 1,631,406     $ 1,969,956     $ 939,494     $ 343,384     $ 4,782     $ 21,370     $ 4,910,392  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
2001
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 30,959     $ 43,293     $ 60,756     $ 2,584     $ (404 )   $ (7,494 )   $ 129,694  
Intersegment interest
    (667 )     (194 )     (1,272 )     (42 )           2,175        
Other revenue
    185,251       14,771       64,626       1,695       (10,482 )     1,464       257,325  
Intersegment revenues
          210                   630       (840 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net revenues
    215,543       58,080       124,110       4,237       (10,256 )     (4,695 )     387,019  
Other expense
    152,315       40,905       96,468       8,424       590       14,117       312,819  
Intersegment expenses
    1,391       2,577       562                   (4,530 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income before taxes
    61,837       14,598       27,080       (4,187 )     (10,846 )     (14,282 )     74,200  
Income taxes
    23,912       5,680       10,832       (1,309 )     (4,340 )     (5,916 )     28,859  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    37,925       8,918       16,248       (2,878 )     (6,506 )     (8,366 )     45,341  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    175                                     175  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 38,100     $ 8,918     $ 16,248     $ (2,878 )   $ (6,506 )   $ (8,366 )   $ 45,516  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets at December 31,
  $ 926,946     $ 1,648,294     $ 602,226     $ 266,670     $ 7,421     $ (4,955 )   $ 3,446,602  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

111


Table of Contents

Note 24 — Irwin Financial Corporation (Parent Only) Financial Information

      The condensed financial statements of the parent company as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for the three years ended December 31, 2003 are presented below:

Condensed Balance Sheets

                   
December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
               
 
Cash and short-term investments
  $ 4,723     $ 1,747  
 
Investment in bank subsidiary
    573,284       452,474  
 
Investments in non-bank subsidiaries
    98,547       170,588  
 
Loans to bank subsidiaries
    56,209       62,740  
 
Loans to non-bank subsidiaries
    33,186        
 
Other assets
    26,110       17,905  
     
     
 
    $ 792,059     $ 705,454  
     
     
 
Liabilities:
               
 
Short-term borrowings(1)
  $ 89,513     $ 61,261  
 
Long-term debt
    270,125       270,207  
 
Other liabilities
    161       13,431  
     
     
 
      359,799       344,899  
     
     
 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock
           
 
Common stock
    112,000       112,000  
 
Other shareholders’ equity
    320,260       248,555  
     
     
 
      432,260       360,555  
     
     
 
    $ 792,059     $ 705,454  
     
     
 


(1)  Includes $73.1 million and $35.4 million payable to our subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

112


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Income

                           
For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Income
                       
 
Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries
  $ 686     $ 66,411     $ 451  
 
Dividends from bank subsidiary
                10,000  
 
Interest income
    4,964       1,876       2,221  
 
Other
    7,721       5,928       6,555  
     
     
     
 
      13,371       74,215       19,227  
     
     
     
 
Expenses
                       
 
Interest expense
    28,917       24,127       20,069  
 
Salaries and benefits
    6,491       3,872       9,111  
 
Other
    5,056       4,108       5,874  
     
     
     
 
      40,464       32,107       35,054  
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (27,093 )     42,108       (15,827 )
Income tax benefit, less amounts charged to subsidiaries
    (13,081 )     (11,732 )     (10,738 )
     
     
     
 
      (14,012 )     53,840       (5,089 )
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    86,829       (512 )     50,605  
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
     
     
     
 

113


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

                               
For the Year Ended December 31,

2003 2002 2001



(Dollars in thousands)
Net income
  $ 72,817     $ 53,328     $ 45,516  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (86,829 )     512       (50,605 )
 
Depreciation and amortization
    2,529       732       448  
 
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable
    (13,778 )     1,583       10,130  
 
Decrease (increase) in interest receivable
    1,208       356       (360 )
 
Increase (decrease) in interest payable
    53       37       (577 )
 
Net change in other assets and other liabilities
    (11,277 )     (12,124 )     8,268  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities
    (35,277 )     44,424       12,820  
     
     
     
 
Lending and investing activities:
                       
 
Net decrease (increase) in loans to subsidiaries
    22,518       (31,184 )     46,722  
 
Investments in subsidiaries
    (10,286 )     (116,133 )     (138,314 )
 
Net sales of premises and equipment
    (121 )     187       72  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided (used) by lending and investing activities
    12,111       (147,130 )     (91,520 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities:
                       
 
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
    28,252       (9,862 )     36,777  
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
    51,547       36,960       45,000  
 
Payments of long-term debt
    (51,629 )            
 
Proceeds from common stock offering
          82,035        
 
Purchase of treasury stock
    (4,201 )     (1,176 )     (3,223 )
 
Proceeds from sale of stock for employee benefit plans
    9,777       2,702       5,834  
 
Dividends paid
    (7,832 )     (7,469 )     (5,520 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
    25,914       103,190       78,868  
     
     
     
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    2,748       484       168  
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    228       (30 )     (2 )
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    1,747       1,293       1,127  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 4,723     $ 1,747     $ 1,293  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
 
Cash paid during the year:
                       
   
Interest
  $ 27,709     $ 24,091     $ 20,646  
     
     
     
 
   
Income taxes
  $ 42,971     $ 48,877     $ 5,235  
     
     
     
 
 
Non-cash transactions:
                       
   
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
        $ 1,386        
     
     
     
 
   
Conversion of trust preferred to common stock
  $ 83              
     
     
     
 

114


Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      Not applicable.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

      As of December 31, 2003, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)). Based on that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2003, to ensure that material information relating to the Corporation would be made known to them by others within the Corporation.

      There have been no changes since the third quarter of 2003 in our internal controls that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, in connection with our ongoing risk assessment review, we continue to make improvements to our wire transfer control procedures and are enhancing controls over local tax reporting for our Canadian subsidiary.

115


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Act of 1934,” and “Director Meetings and Standing Committees — Committees and Current Membership: Audit and Risk Management Committee” and “Governance Committee,” and “Audit and Risk Management Committee Report” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. See also the “Executive Officers” section in Part I, Item 1.

      Our Code of Conduct (our code of business conduct and ethics) is applicable to our directors, officers, and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), our Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and our Controller (principal accounting officer). Our Code of Conduct is attached as Exhibit 14 to this Report on Form 10-K and is posted on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.irwinfinancial.com. Amendments to or waivers for executive officers or directors from our Code of Conduct will be posted on our website at www.irwinfinancial.com. The charters of our Audit and Risk Management Committee, Compensation Committee, and Governance (nominating) Committee are also on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.irwinfinancial.com. Our Audit and Risk Management Committee charter is an attachment to our Proxy Statement. The Code of Conduct and the above-mentioned charters, together with our Corporate Governance Principles (corporate governance guidelines), are available in print to any shareholder who makes a request in writing to: Gregory F. Ehlinger, Irwin Financial Corporation, 500 Washington Street, Columbus, IN 47201.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Election of Directors — Outside Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” “Equity Compensation Plans Adopted Without Approval of Security Holders,” “Voting Securities and Principal Holders,” and “Security Ownership of Management” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Interest of Management in Certain Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

Item 14.     Principal Accountants Fees and Services.

      The information contained in our proxy statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Independent Public Accountants” is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

116


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Documents filed as part of this report.

      1. Financial Statements

  Management Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting
 
  Report of Independent Auditors
 
  Irwin Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

  Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended 2003 and 2002
 
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001
 
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

      2. Financial Statement Schedules

           None

      3.A. Exhibits to Form 10-K

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 0-06835.)
  3.2     Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation of Irwin Financial Corporation dated March 2, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 0-06835.)
  3.3     Code of By-laws of Irwin Financial Corporation.
  4.1     Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 10-K report for year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 0-06835.)
  4.2     Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of long-term debt of Irwin Financial Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as Exhibits. The Corporation hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Commission upon request.
  4.3     Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, between Irwin Financial Corporation and Irwin Union Bank and Trust. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-A filed March 2, 2001, File No. 0-06835.)
  4.4     Appointment of Successor Rights Agent dated as of May 11, 2001 between Irwin Financial Corporation and National City Bank. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Form S-8 filed on September 7, 2001, File No. 333-69156.)
  10.1     *Amended 1986 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1991, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.2     *Irwin Financial Corporation 1992 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1992, File No. 0-06835.)

117


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  10.3     *Irwin Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1994, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.4     *Amendment to Irwin Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1997, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.5     *Irwin Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10.6     *Amended Irwin Financial Corporation Outside Directors Restricted Stock Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1991, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.7     *Irwin Financial Corporation Outside Directors Restricted Stock Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.8     *1999 Outside Director Restricted Stock Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1999, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.9     *Irwin Financial Corporation Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1991, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.10     *Employee Stock Purchase Plan II. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.11     *Employee Stock Purchase Plan III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 1999, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.12     *Long-Term Management Performance Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.13     *Long-Term Incentive Plan-Summary of Terms. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.14     *Inland Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.15     *Amended and Restated Management Bonus Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K Report for year ended December 31, 1986, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.16     *Limited Liability Company Agreement of Irwin Ventures LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q/ A Report for period ended March 31, 2001, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.17     *Limited Liability Company Agreement of Irwin Ventures Co-Investment Fund LLC, effective as of April 20, 2001. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10.18     *Irwin Home Equity Corporation Shareholder Agreement and Amendments. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Form 10-Q/ A Report for period ended March 31, 2001, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.19     *Promissory Note dated January 30, 2002 from Elena Delgado to Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10.20     *Consumer Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2002 between Elena Delgado and Irwin Financial Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form S-1/ A filed February 14, 2002, File No. 333-69586.)
  10.21     *Irwin Financial Corporation Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)

118


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibit


  10.22     *Irwin Union Bank Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.23     *Irwin Home Equity Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.24     *Irwin Mortgage Corporation Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.25     *Irwin Capital Holdings Short Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended March 31, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.26     *Onset Capital Corporation Employment Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.27     *Irwin Financial Corporation Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Named Executives. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.28     *Irwin Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive
        Retirement Plan for Named Executives. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Form 10-Q Report for period ended June 30, 2002, File No. 0-06835.)
  10.29     *Onset Capital Corporation Shareholders Agreement
  14.1     Code of Conduct
  11.1     Computation of Earnings Per Share.
  12.1     Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1     Subsidiaries of Irwin Financial Corporation
  23.1     Consent of Independent Auditors.
  31.1     Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2     Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1     Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2     Certification of the Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

      B. Reports on Form 8-K during the last quarter of the period covered by this report:

         
8-K
  October 20, 2003   Announcing Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call
8-K
  October 22, 2003   Announcing Third Quarter Earnings
8-K
  November 14, 2003   Announcing Issuance of $50 Million of Trust Preferred Securities; Plans to Redeem $50 Million of Outstanding Debt Due 2027
8-K
  December 1, 2003   Announcing Fourth Quarter Dividend
8-K
  December 3, 2003   Making Reg FD Disclosure on Presentation Made at the Friedman Billings Ramsey Investor Conference on 12/3/2003.

119


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the Undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  IRWIN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     
Date: March 9, 2004   By: /s/ WILLIAM I. MILLER


William I. Miller,

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Corporation and in the capacities on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Capacity with Corporation Date



/s/ SALLY A. DEAN

Sally A. Dean
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ DAVID W. GOODRICH

David W. Goodrich
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ JOHN T. HACKETT

John T. Hackett
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ R. DAVID HOOVER

R. David Hoover
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ WILLIAM H. KLING

William H. Kling
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ BRENDA J. LAUDERBACK

Brenda J. Lauderback
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ JOHN C. MCGINTY, JR

John C. McGinty, Jr
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
 
/s/ WILLIAM I. MILLER

William I. Miller
 
Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ LANCE R. ODDEN

Lance R. Odden
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ THEODORE M. SOLSO

Theodore M. Solso
 
Director
    March 9, 2004  
 
/s/ GREGORY F. EHLINGER

Gregory F. Ehlinger
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
    March 9, 2004  
/s/ JODY A. LITTRELL

Jody A. Littrell
 
Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)
    March 9, 2004  

120